]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gdb/breakpoint.c
d2dafef0b03b2be5219417a65e28fd973036e6de
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "probe.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
64 #include "stack.h"
65 #include "skip.h"
66 #include "ax-gdb.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "interps.h"
69 #include "format.h"
70 #include "location.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
73
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
77
78 /* readline defines this. */
79 #undef savestring
80
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
83
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
86 {
87 EX_EVENT_THROW,
88 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
116 struct linespec_result *canonical,
117 enum bptype type_wanted);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
123 int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
126
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
128 const struct event_location *location,
129 struct program_space *search_pspace,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals);
131
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141
142 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 enum bptype,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
145 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
146 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 static. */
150 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 struct symtab_and_line,
152 enum bptype,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154
155 static struct breakpoint *
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 enum bptype type,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
159 int loc_enabled);
160
161 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
162
163 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
164 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
165 enum bptype bptype);
166
167 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
168 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
169 struct obj_section *, int);
170
171 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
172 struct bp_location *loc2);
173
174 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
175 struct address_space *aspace,
176 CORE_ADDR addr);
177
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
179 struct address_space *,
180 CORE_ADDR, int);
181
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196
197 typedef enum
198 {
199 mark_inserted,
200 mark_uninserted
201 }
202 insertion_state_t;
203
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206
207 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 enum bptype type,
219 int *other_type_used);
220
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
226 int count);
227
228 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235
236 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
238 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
239
240 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
241
242 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
243 insert locations now. */
244 enum ugll_insert_mode
245 {
246 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
247 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
248 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
249 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
250 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
251 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
252 returns true on them.
253
254 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
255 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
256 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
257 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
258 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
259 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
260 the inferior. */
261 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
262
263 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
264 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
266
267 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
268 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
269 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
270 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
271 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
272 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
273 as no thread is running yet. */
274 UGLL_INSERT
275 };
276
277 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
278
279 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
280
281 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
282
283 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
284
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
286
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
290
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
292
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
294
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
296
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
298
299 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
300
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 otherwise. */
303
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
305
306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
307 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
308 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
310
311 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
313
314 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
316
317 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
319
320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
321 breakpoints. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
323
324 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
325 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
326
327 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
328 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
329
330 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
331 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
332 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
333 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
334 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
335 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
336
337 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
338 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
339 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
340 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
341 dprintf_style_gdb,
342 dprintf_style_call,
343 dprintf_style_agent,
344 NULL
345 };
346 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
347
348 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
350 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
351 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
352
353 static char *dprintf_function = "";
354
355 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
356 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
357 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
358 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
359 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
360 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
361 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
362
363 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
364
365 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
366 has disconnected. */
367 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
368
369 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
370 breakpoints share a single command list. */
371 struct counted_command_line
372 {
373 /* The reference count. */
374 int refc;
375
376 /* The command list. */
377 struct command_line *commands;
378 };
379
380 struct command_line *
381 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
382 {
383 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
384 }
385
386 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
387 current breakpoint. */
388
389 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
390
391 const char *
392 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
393 {
394 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
395 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
396 a breakpoint. */
397 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
398
399 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
400 }
401
402 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
403 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
404 if such is available. */
405 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
406
407 static void
408 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
409 struct cmd_list_element *c,
410 const char *value)
411 {
412 fprintf_filtered (file,
413 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
414 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
415 value);
416 }
417
418 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
420 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
421 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
422 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
423 static void
424 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
425 struct cmd_list_element *c,
426 const char *value)
427 {
428 fprintf_filtered (file,
429 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
430 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
431 value);
432 }
433
434 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
435 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
436 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
437 use hardware breakpoints. */
438 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
439 static void
440 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
441 struct cmd_list_element *c,
442 const char *value)
443 {
444 fprintf_filtered (file,
445 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
446 value);
447 }
448
449 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
450 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
451 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
452 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
453 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
454 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
455 processing user input. */
456 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
457
458 static void
459 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
460 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
461 {
462 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
463 value);
464 }
465
466 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467
468 int
469 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
470 {
471 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
472 {
473 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
474 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
475 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 return 1;
477 }
478 else if (target_has_execution)
479 {
480 struct thread_info *tp;
481
482 if (always_inserted_mode)
483 {
484 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 are stopped. */
486 return 1;
487 }
488
489 if (threads_are_executing ())
490 return 1;
491
492 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
493 stopped, we still have events to process. */
494 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
495 if (tp->resumed
496 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
497 return 1;
498 }
499 return 0;
500 }
501
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
503
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto,
510 condition_evaluation_host,
511 condition_evaluation_target,
512 NULL
513 };
514
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
517
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
521
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
525 evaluation mode. */
526
527 static const char *
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
529 {
530 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
531 {
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target;
534 else
535 return condition_evaluation_host;
536 }
537 else
538 return mode;
539 }
540
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
542
543 static const char *
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
545 {
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
547 }
548
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
550 otherwise. */
551
552 static int
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
554 {
555 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
556
557 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
558 }
559
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
561
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
564
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled;
567
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
570
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
574
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
576
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
580 B = TMP)
581
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
589 BP_TMP++)
590
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
596
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
600 BP_LOCP_START \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
603 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
604
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
606
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
610
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
612
613 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
614
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
616
617 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
618
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
620
621 static unsigned bp_location_count;
622
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
628
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
630
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
636
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
638
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
641 by a target. */
642 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
643
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
645
646 static int breakpoint_count;
647
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
653
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
655
656 static int tracepoint_count;
657
658 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
659 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
660 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
661
662 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
663
664 struct breakpoint *
665 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
666 void *user_data)
667 {
668 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
669
670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
671 {
672 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
673 break;
674 }
675
676 return b;
677 }
678
679 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
680 static int
681 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
682 {
683 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
684 }
685
686 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
687
688 static void
689 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
690 {
691 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
692 breakpoint_count = num;
693 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
694 }
695
696 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
697 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
698 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
699
700 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
701 breakpoint made. */
702
703 void
704 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
705 {
706 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
707 }
708
709 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
710 breakpoint made. */
711
712 void
713 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
714 {
715 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
716 }
717
718 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
719
720 void
721 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
722 {
723 struct breakpoint *b;
724
725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
726 b->hit_count = 0;
727 }
728
729 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
730 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
731
732 static struct counted_command_line *
733 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
734 {
735 struct counted_command_line *result = XNEW (struct counted_command_line);
736
737 result->refc = 1;
738 result->commands = commands;
739
740 return result;
741 }
742
743 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
744
745 static void
746 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
747 {
748 if (cmd)
749 ++cmd->refc;
750 }
751
752 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
753 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
754 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
755
756 static void
757 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
758 {
759 if (*cmdp)
760 {
761 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
762 {
763 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
764 xfree (*cmdp);
765 }
766 *cmdp = NULL;
767 }
768 }
769
770 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
771
772 static void
773 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
774 {
775 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line **) arg);
776 }
777
778 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
779 argument. */
780
781 static struct cleanup *
782 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
783 {
784 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
785 }
786
787 \f
788 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
789 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
790
791 struct breakpoint *
792 get_breakpoint (int num)
793 {
794 struct breakpoint *b;
795
796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
797 if (b->number == num)
798 return b;
799
800 return NULL;
801 }
802
803 \f
804
805 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
806 evaluating conditions on its side. */
807
808 static void
809 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
810 {
811 struct bp_location *loc;
812
813 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
814 evaluating conditions and if the user has
815 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
816 side. */
817 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
818 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
819 return;
820
821 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
822 return;
823
824 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
825 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
826 }
827
828 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
829 evaluating conditions on its side. */
830
831 static void
832 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
833 {
834 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
835 evaluating conditions and if the user has
836 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
837 side. */
838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
840
841 return;
842
843 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
844 return;
845
846 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
847 }
848
849 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
850 condition_evaluation_mode. */
851
852 static void
853 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c)
855 {
856 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
857
858 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
859 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
860 {
861 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
862 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
863 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
864 return;
865 }
866
867 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
868 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
869
870 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
871 settings was "auto". */
872 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
873
874 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
875 if (new_mode != old_mode)
876 {
877 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
878 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
879 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
880
881 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
882 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
883 */
884
885 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
886 {
887 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
888 target. */
889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
890 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
891 }
892 else
893 {
894 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
895 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
896 target knows about. */
897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
898 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
899 loc->needs_update = 1;
900 }
901
902 /* Do the update. */
903 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
904 }
905
906 return;
907 }
908
909 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
910 what "auto" is translating to. */
911
912 static void
913 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
914 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
915 {
916 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
917 fprintf_filtered (file,
918 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
919 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
920 value,
921 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
922 else
923 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
924 value);
925 }
926
927 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
928 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
929 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
930
931 static int
932 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
933 {
934 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
935 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
936
937 if (a->address == b->address)
938 return 0;
939 else
940 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
941 }
942
943 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
944 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
945 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
946 return NULL. */
947
948 static struct bp_location **
949 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
950 {
951 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
952 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
953 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
954
955 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
956 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
957 dummy_loc.address = address;
958
959 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
960 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
961 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
962 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
963 bp_location_compare_addrs));
964
965 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
966 if (locp_found == NULL)
967 return NULL;
968
969 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
970 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
971 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
972 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
973 locp_found--;
974
975 return locp_found;
976 }
977
978 void
979 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
980 int from_tty)
981 {
982 xfree (b->cond_string);
983 b->cond_string = NULL;
984
985 if (is_watchpoint (b))
986 {
987 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
988
989 xfree (w->cond_exp);
990 w->cond_exp = NULL;
991 }
992 else
993 {
994 struct bp_location *loc;
995
996 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
997 {
998 xfree (loc->cond);
999 loc->cond = NULL;
1000
1001 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1002 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1003 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1004 }
1005 }
1006
1007 if (*exp == 0)
1008 {
1009 if (from_tty)
1010 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1011 }
1012 else
1013 {
1014 const char *arg = exp;
1015
1016 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1017 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1018 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1019 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1020
1021 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1022 {
1023 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1024
1025 innermost_block = NULL;
1026 arg = exp;
1027 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1028 if (*arg)
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1030 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1031 }
1032 else
1033 {
1034 struct bp_location *loc;
1035
1036 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1037 {
1038 arg = exp;
1039 loc->cond =
1040 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1041 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1042 if (*arg)
1043 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1044 }
1045 }
1046 }
1047 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1048
1049 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1050 }
1051
1052 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1053
1054 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1055 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1056 const char *text, const char *word)
1057 {
1058 const char *space;
1059
1060 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1061 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1062 if (*space == '\0')
1063 {
1064 int len;
1065 struct breakpoint *b;
1066 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1067
1068 if (text[0] == '$')
1069 {
1070 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1071 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1072 return NULL;
1073 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1074 }
1075
1076 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1077 len = strlen (text);
1078
1079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1080 {
1081 char number[50];
1082
1083 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1084
1085 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1086 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1087 }
1088
1089 return result;
1090 }
1091
1092 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1093 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1094 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1095 }
1096
1097 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1098
1099 static void
1100 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1101 {
1102 struct breakpoint *b;
1103 char *p;
1104 int bnum;
1105
1106 if (arg == 0)
1107 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1108
1109 p = arg;
1110 bnum = get_number (&p);
1111 if (bnum == 0)
1112 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1113
1114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1115 if (b->number == bnum)
1116 {
1117 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1118 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1119 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1120 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1121 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1122
1123 if (extlang != NULL)
1124 {
1125 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1126 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1127 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1128 }
1129 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1130
1131 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1132 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1133
1134 return;
1135 }
1136
1137 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1141 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1142 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1143
1144 static void
1145 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1146 {
1147 struct command_line *c;
1148
1149 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1150 {
1151 int i;
1152
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1155 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1156
1157 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1158 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1159
1160 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1161 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1162 command directly. */
1163 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1164 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165
1166 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1167 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1168 }
1169 }
1170
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1172
1173 static int
1174 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1175 {
1176 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1177 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1179 }
1180
1181 int
1182 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1183 {
1184 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1185 }
1186
1187 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1188 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1189 found. */
1190
1191 static void
1192 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1193 struct command_line *commands)
1194 {
1195 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1196 {
1197 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1198 struct command_line *c;
1199 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1200
1201 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1202 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1203 ones might not. */
1204 t->step_count = 0;
1205
1206 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1207 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1208 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1209 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1210 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1211 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1212 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1213 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1214 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1215 tracepoint's context. */
1216 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1217 {
1218 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1219 {
1220 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1223 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1226
1227 if (while_stepping)
1228 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1229 "can be used only once"));
1230 else
1231 while_stepping = c;
1232 }
1233
1234 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1235 }
1236 if (while_stepping)
1237 {
1238 struct command_line *c2;
1239
1240 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1241 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1242 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1243 {
1244 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1246 }
1247 }
1248 }
1249 else
1250 {
1251 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1252 }
1253 }
1254
1255 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1256 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1257
1258 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1259 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1260 {
1261 struct breakpoint *b;
1262 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1263 struct bp_location *loc;
1264
1265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1266 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1267 {
1268 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1269 if (loc->address == addr)
1270 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1271 }
1272
1273 return found;
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1277 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1278
1279 void
1280 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1281 struct command_line *commands)
1282 {
1283 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1284
1285 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1286 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1288 }
1289
1290 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1291 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1292 commands. */
1293
1294 void
1295 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1296 {
1297 int old_silent = b->silent;
1298
1299 b->silent = silent;
1300 if (old_silent != silent)
1301 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1302 }
1303
1304 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1306
1307 void
1308 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1309 {
1310 int old_thread = b->thread;
1311
1312 b->thread = thread;
1313 if (old_thread != thread)
1314 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1318 breakpoint work for any task. */
1319
1320 void
1321 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1322 {
1323 int old_task = b->task;
1324
1325 b->task = task;
1326 if (old_task != task)
1327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1328 }
1329
1330 void
1331 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1332 {
1333 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) closure;
1334
1335 validate_actionline (line, b);
1336 }
1337
1338 /* A structure used to pass information through
1339 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1340
1341 struct commands_info
1342 {
1343 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1344 int from_tty;
1345
1346 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1347 char *arg;
1348
1349 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1350 already-parsed command. */
1351 struct command_line *control;
1352
1353 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1354 yet been read. */
1355 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1356 };
1357
1358 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1359 commands_command. */
1360
1361 static void
1362 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1363 {
1364 struct commands_info *info = (struct commands_info *) data;
1365
1366 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1367 {
1368 struct command_line *l;
1369
1370 if (info->control != NULL)
1371 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1372 else
1373 {
1374 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1375 char *str;
1376
1377 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1378 "%s, one per line."),
1379 info->arg);
1380
1381 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1382
1383 l = read_command_lines (str,
1384 info->from_tty, 1,
1385 (is_tracepoint (b)
1386 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1387 b);
1388
1389 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1390 }
1391
1392 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1393 }
1394
1395 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1396 do anything. */
1397 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1398 {
1399 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1400 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1401 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1402 b->commands = info->cmd;
1403 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1404 }
1405 }
1406
1407 static void
1408 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1409 struct command_line *control)
1410 {
1411 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1412 struct commands_info info;
1413
1414 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1415 info.control = control;
1416 info.cmd = NULL;
1417 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1418 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1419 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1420
1421 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1422 {
1423 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1424 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1425 breakpoint_count);
1426 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1427 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1428 else
1429 {
1430 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1431 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1432 numbers will fail in this case. */
1433 arg = NULL;
1434 }
1435 }
1436 else
1437 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1438 our argument. */
1439 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1440
1441 if (arg != NULL)
1442 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1443
1444 info.arg = arg;
1445
1446 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1447
1448 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1449 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1450
1451 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1452 }
1453
1454 static void
1455 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1456 {
1457 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1458 }
1459
1460 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1461 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1462
1463 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1464 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1465 enum command_control_type
1466 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1467 {
1468 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1469 return simple_control;
1470 }
1471
1472 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1473
1474 static int
1475 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1476 {
1477 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1478 return 0;
1479 if (!bl->inserted)
1480 return 0;
1481 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1482 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1483 return 0;
1484 return 1;
1485 }
1486
1487 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1488 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1489 contents.
1490
1491 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1492 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1493 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1494
1495 static void
1496 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1497 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1498 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1499 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1500 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1501 {
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1504 int bp_size = 0;
1505 int bptoffset = 0;
1506
1507 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1508 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1509 {
1510 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1511 return;
1512 }
1513
1514 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1515 we need to copy. */
1516 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1517 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1518
1519 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1520 {
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1522 reading. */
1523 return;
1524 }
1525
1526 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1527 {
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1529 reading. */
1530 return;
1531 }
1532
1533 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1534 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1535 {
1536 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1538 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1539 bp_addr = memaddr;
1540 }
1541
1542 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1543 {
1544 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1545 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1546 }
1547
1548 if (readbuf != NULL)
1549 {
1550 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1551 shadow_contents buffer. */
1552 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1553 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1554 + target_info->shadow_len));
1555
1556 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1557 shadow. */
1558 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1559 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1560 }
1561 else
1562 {
1563 const unsigned char *bp;
1564 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1565 int placed_size;
1566
1567 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1568 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1569 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1570
1571 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1572 address. */
1573 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1574
1575 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1576 breakpoint's INSN. */
1577 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1578 }
1579 }
1580
1581 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1582 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1583
1584 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1586 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1587
1588 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1589 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1590 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1591 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1592 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1593 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1594 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1595 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1596 and:
1597 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1598
1599 void
1600 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1601 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1602 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1603 {
1604 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1605 search. */
1606 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1607
1608 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1609 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1610 report higher one. */
1611
1612 bc_l = 0;
1613 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1614 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1615 {
1616 struct bp_location *bl;
1617
1618 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1619 bl = bp_location[bc];
1620
1621 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1622 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1623 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1624 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1625
1626 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1627 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1628 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1629
1630 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1631 >= bl->address)
1632 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1633 <= memaddr))
1634 bc_l = bc;
1635 else
1636 bc_r = bc;
1637 }
1638
1639 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1640 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1641 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1642 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1643 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1644 B:
1645
1646 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1647
1648 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1649 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1650 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1651 and L2. */
1652 while (bc_l > 0
1653 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1654 bc_l--;
1655
1656 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1657
1658 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1659 {
1660 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1661
1662 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1663 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1664 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1665 bl->owner->number);
1666
1667 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1668 content. */
1669
1670 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1671 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1672 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1673 break;
1674
1675 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1676 continue;
1677
1678 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1679 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1680 }
1681 }
1682
1683 \f
1684
1685 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1686 breakpoint. */
1687
1688 int
1689 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1690 {
1691 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1692 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1693 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1694 }
1695
1696 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1697
1698 static int
1699 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1700 {
1701 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1702 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1703 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1704 }
1705
1706 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1707 software. */
1708
1709 int
1710 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1711 {
1712 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1713 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1714 }
1715
1716 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1717 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1718 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1719 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1720 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1721 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1722 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1723 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1724
1725 static int
1726 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1727 {
1728 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1729 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1730 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1731 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1732 }
1733
1734 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1735 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1736
1737 static void
1738 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1739 {
1740 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1741
1742 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1743 {
1744 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1745 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1746 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1747 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1748 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1749 }
1750 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1751 }
1752
1753 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1754 watchpoint W. */
1755
1756 static struct value *
1757 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1758 {
1759 struct value *bit_val;
1760
1761 if (val == NULL)
1762 return NULL;
1763
1764 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1765
1766 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1767 w->val_bitpos,
1768 w->val_bitsize,
1769 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1770 value_offset (val),
1771 val);
1772
1773 return bit_val;
1774 }
1775
1776 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1777 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1778 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1779 to be able to report stops. */
1780
1781 static void
1782 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1783 struct program_space *pspace)
1784 {
1785 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1786
1787 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1788 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1789 b->loc->address = -1;
1790 b->loc->length = -1;
1791 }
1792
1793 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1794 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1795
1796 static int
1797 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1798 {
1799 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1800 && b->loc != NULL
1801 && b->loc->next == NULL
1802 && b->loc->address == -1
1803 && b->loc->length == -1);
1804 }
1805
1806 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1807 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1808 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1809 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1810 in b->loc->cond.
1811 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1812
1813 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1814 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1815 it.
1816
1817 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1818 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1819 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1820 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1821 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1822 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1823 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1824 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1825
1826 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1827 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1828 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1829 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1830 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1831 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1832 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1833 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1834 not changed.
1835
1836 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1837 hardware watchpoints:
1838
1839 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1840 called several times when GDB stops.
1841
1842 [linux]
1843 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1844 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1845 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1846 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1847 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1848 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1849 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1850 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1851 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1852 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1853 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1854
1855 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1856 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1857
1858 static void
1859 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1860 {
1861 int within_current_scope;
1862 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1863 int frame_saved;
1864
1865 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1866 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1867 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1868 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1869 return;
1870
1871 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1872 return;
1873
1874 frame_saved = 0;
1875
1876 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1877 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1878 within_current_scope = 1;
1879 else
1880 {
1881 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1882 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1883 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1884
1885 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1886 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1887 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1888 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1889 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1890 return;
1891
1892 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1893 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1894 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1895 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1896 selected frame. */
1897 frame_saved = 1;
1898 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1899
1900 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1901 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1902 if (within_current_scope)
1903 select_frame (fi);
1904 }
1905
1906 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1907 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1908 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1909 b->base.loc = NULL;
1910
1911 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1912 {
1913 const char *s;
1914
1915 if (b->exp)
1916 {
1917 xfree (b->exp);
1918 b->exp = NULL;
1919 }
1920 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1921 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1922 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1923 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1924 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1925 be completely different objects. */
1926 value_free (b->val);
1927 b->val = NULL;
1928 b->val_valid = 0;
1929
1930 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1931 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1932 locations (re)created below. */
1933 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1934 {
1935 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1936 {
1937 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1938 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1939 }
1940
1941 s = b->base.cond_string;
1942 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1943 }
1944 }
1945
1946 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1947 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1948 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1949 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1950 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1951 if (!target_has_execution)
1952 {
1953 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1954 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1955 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1956 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1957 {
1958 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1959 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1960 else
1961 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1962 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1963 }
1964 }
1965 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1966 {
1967 int pc = 0;
1968 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1969 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1970
1971 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1972
1973 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1974 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1975 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1976 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1977 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1978 watchpoints. */
1979 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1980 {
1981 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1982 {
1983 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1984 if (v != NULL)
1985 release_value (v);
1986 }
1987 b->val = v;
1988 b->val_valid = 1;
1989 }
1990
1991 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1992
1993 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1994 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1995 {
1996 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1997 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1998 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1999 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2000 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2001 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
2002 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
2003 {
2004 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2005
2006 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2007 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2008 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2009 if (v == result
2010 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2011 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2012 {
2013 CORE_ADDR addr;
2014 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
2015 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
2016 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
2017
2018 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
2019 {
2020 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2021 sub-expression. */
2022 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
2023 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
2024 }
2025 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
2026 {
2027 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2028 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2029 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2030 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2031 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2032 }
2033
2034 addr = value_address (v);
2035 if (bitsize != 0)
2036 {
2037 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2038 addr += bitpos / 8;
2039 }
2040
2041 type = hw_write;
2042 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2043 type = hw_read;
2044 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2045 type = hw_access;
2046
2047 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2048 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2049 ;
2050 *tmp = loc;
2051 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2052
2053 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2054 loc->address = addr;
2055
2056 if (bitsize != 0)
2057 {
2058 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2059 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2060 }
2061 else
2062 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2063
2064 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2065 }
2066 }
2067 }
2068
2069 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2070 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2071 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2072 is started. */
2073 if (reparse)
2074 {
2075 int reg_cnt;
2076 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2077 struct bp_location *bl;
2078
2079 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2080
2081 if (reg_cnt)
2082 {
2083 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2084 enum bptype type;
2085
2086 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2087 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2088 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2089
2090 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2091 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2092 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2093 this watchpoint in as well. */
2094
2095 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2096 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2097 hardware watchpoint type. */
2098 type = b->base.type;
2099 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2100 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2101
2102 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2103 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2104 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2105 through watch_command), so always account for it
2106 manually. */
2107
2108 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2109 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2110
2111 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2112 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2113
2114 target_resources_ok
2115 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2116 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2117 {
2118 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2119
2120 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2121 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2122 "hardware watchpoint."));
2123 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2124 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2125 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2126
2127 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2128 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2129 }
2130 else
2131 {
2132 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2133 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2134 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2135 nop. */
2136 b->base.type = type;
2137 }
2138 }
2139 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2140 {
2141 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2142 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2143 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2144 else
2145 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2146 "read/access watchpoint."));
2147 }
2148 else
2149 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2150
2151 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2152 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2153 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2154 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2155 }
2156
2157 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2158 {
2159 next = value_next (v);
2160 if (v != b->val)
2161 value_free (v);
2162 }
2163
2164 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2165 above left it without any location set up. But,
2166 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2167 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2168 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2169 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b->base, frame_pspace);
2170 }
2171 else if (!within_current_scope)
2172 {
2173 printf_filtered (_("\
2174 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2175 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2176 b->base.number);
2177 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2178 }
2179
2180 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2181 if (frame_saved)
2182 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2183 }
2184
2185
2186 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2187 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2188 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2189 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2190 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2191 static int
2192 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2193 {
2194 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2195 return 0;
2196
2197 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2198 return 0;
2199
2200 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2201 return 0;
2202
2203 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2204 return 0;
2205
2206 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2207 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2208 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2209 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2210 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2211 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2212 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2213 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2214 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2215 return 0;
2216
2217 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2218 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2219 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2220 a breakpoint. */
2221 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2222 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2223 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2224 bl->address)
2225 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2226 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2227 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2228 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2229 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2230 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2231 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2232 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2233 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2234 {
2235 if (debug_infrun)
2236 {
2237 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2238 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2239 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2240 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2241 }
2242 return 0;
2243 }
2244
2245 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2246 instruction that triggered one. */
2247 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2248 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2249 {
2250 if (debug_infrun)
2251 {
2252 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2253 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2254 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2255 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2256 bl->length);
2257 }
2258 return 0;
2259 }
2260
2261 return 1;
2262 }
2263
2264 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2265 that the location is not duplicated. */
2266
2267 static int
2268 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2269 {
2270 int result;
2271 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2272
2273 bl->duplicate = 0;
2274 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2275 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2276 return result;
2277 }
2278
2279 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2280 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2281 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2282 any error during parsing. */
2283
2284 static struct agent_expr *
2285 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2286 {
2287 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2288
2289 if (!cond)
2290 return NULL;
2291
2292 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2293 that may show up. */
2294 TRY
2295 {
2296 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2297 }
2298
2299 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2300 {
2301 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2302 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2303 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2304 return NULL;
2305 }
2306 END_CATCH
2307
2308 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2309 return aexpr;
2310 }
2311
2312 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2313 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2314 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2315 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2316 one of them is true. */
2317
2318 static void
2319 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2320 {
2321 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2322 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2323 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2324 struct bp_location *loc;
2325
2326 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2327 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2328
2329 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2330 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2331 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2332 side. */
2333 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2334 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2335 return;
2336
2337 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2338 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2339 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2340 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2341 response back to GDB. */
2342 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2343 {
2344 loc = (*loc2p);
2345 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2346 {
2347 if (modified)
2348 {
2349 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2350
2351 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2352 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2354 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2355 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2356 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2357 }
2358
2359 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2360 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2361 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2362 {
2363 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2364 break;
2365 }
2366 }
2367 }
2368
2369 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2370 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2371 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2372
2373 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2374 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2375 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2376 {
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2378 {
2379 loc = (*loc2p);
2380 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2381 {
2382 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2383 located. */
2384 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2385 return;
2386
2387 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2388 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2389 }
2390 }
2391 }
2392
2393 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2394 for this location's address. */
2395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2396 {
2397 loc = (*loc2p);
2398 if (loc->cond
2399 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2400 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2401 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2402 && loc->enabled)
2403 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2404 conditions to the target. */
2405 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2406 loc->cond_bytecode);
2407 }
2408
2409 return;
2410 }
2411
2412 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2413 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2414 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2415
2416 static struct agent_expr *
2417 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2418 {
2419 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2420 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2421 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2422 const char *cmdrest;
2423 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2424 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2425 int nargs;
2426 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2427
2428 if (!cmd)
2429 return NULL;
2430
2431 cmdrest = cmd;
2432
2433 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2434 ++cmdrest;
2435 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2436
2437 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2438 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2439
2440 format_start = cmdrest;
2441
2442 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2443
2444 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2445
2446 format_end = cmdrest;
2447
2448 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2449 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2450
2451 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2452
2453 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2454 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2455
2456 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2457 cmdrest++;
2458 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2459
2460 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2461
2462 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2463 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2464
2465 nargs = 0;
2466 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2467 {
2468 const char *cmd1;
2469
2470 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2471 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2472 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2473 cmdrest = cmd1;
2474 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2475 ++cmdrest;
2476 }
2477
2478 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2479 that may show up. */
2480 TRY
2481 {
2482 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2483 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2484 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2485 }
2486 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2487 {
2488 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2489 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2490 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2491 aexpr = NULL;
2492 }
2493 END_CATCH
2494
2495 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2496
2497 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2498 return aexpr;
2499 }
2500
2501 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2502 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2503 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2504
2505 static void
2506 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2507 {
2508 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2509 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2510 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2511 struct bp_location *loc;
2512
2513 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2514 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2515
2516 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2517 return;
2518
2519 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2520 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2521 return;
2522
2523 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2524 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2525 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2526 control. */
2527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2528 {
2529 loc = (*loc2p);
2530 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2531 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2532 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2533 return;
2534 }
2535
2536 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2537 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2538 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2539 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2540 response back to GDB. */
2541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2542 {
2543 loc = (*loc2p);
2544 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2545 {
2546 if (modified)
2547 {
2548 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2549
2550 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2551 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2552 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2553 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2554 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2555 loc->owner->extra_string);
2556 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2557 }
2558
2559 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2560 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2561 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2562 {
2563 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2564 break;
2565 }
2566 }
2567 }
2568
2569 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2570 and so clean up. */
2571 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2572 {
2573 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2574 {
2575 loc = (*loc2p);
2576 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2577 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2578 {
2579 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2580 located. */
2581 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2582 return;
2583
2584 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2585 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2586 }
2587 }
2588 }
2589
2590 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2591 for this location's address. */
2592 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2593 {
2594 loc = (*loc2p);
2595 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2596 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2597 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2598 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2599 && loc->enabled)
2600 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2601 to send the commands to the target. */
2602 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2603 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2604 }
2605
2606 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2607 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2608 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2609 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2610 }
2611
2612 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2613 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2614 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2615 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2616 -1 for failure.
2617
2618 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2619 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2620 static int
2621 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2622 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2623 int *disabled_breaks,
2624 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2625 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2626 {
2627 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2628 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2629
2630 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2631 return 0;
2632
2633 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2634 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2635 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2636 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2637 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2638 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2639 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2640 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2641 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2642 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2643 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2644 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2645
2646 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2647 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2648 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2649 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2650
2651 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2652 {
2653 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2654 build_target_command_list (bl);
2655 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2656 bl->needs_update = 0;
2657 }
2658
2659 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2660 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2661 {
2662 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2663 {
2664 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2665 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2666 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2667
2668 Two important cases are:
2669 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2670 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2671 hardware breakpoint.
2672 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2673 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2674 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2675 so we undo.
2676
2677 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2678 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2679 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2680 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2681 gdb. */
2682 struct mem_region *mr
2683 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2684
2685 if (mr)
2686 {
2687 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2688 {
2689 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2690
2691 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2692 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2693 else
2694 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2695
2696 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2697 {
2698 static int said = 0;
2699
2700 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2701 if (!said)
2702 {
2703 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2704 _("Note: automatically using "
2705 "hardware breakpoints for "
2706 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2707 said = 1;
2708 }
2709 }
2710 }
2711 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2712 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2713 {
2714 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2715 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2716 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2717 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2718 bl->owner->number,
2719 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2720 return 1;
2721 }
2722 }
2723 }
2724
2725 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2726 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2727 || bl->section == NULL
2728 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2729 {
2730 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2731 TRY
2732 {
2733 int val;
2734
2735 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2736 if (val)
2737 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2738 }
2739 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2740 {
2741 bp_err = e.error;
2742 bp_err_message = e.message;
2743 }
2744 END_CATCH
2745 }
2746 else
2747 {
2748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2750 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2751 {
2752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2755 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2757 bl->owner->number);
2758 else
2759 {
2760 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2761 bl->section);
2762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2763 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2764 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2765
2766 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2767 TRY
2768 {
2769 int val;
2770
2771 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2772 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2773 if (val)
2774 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2775 }
2776 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2777 {
2778 bp_err = e.error;
2779 bp_err_message = e.message;
2780 }
2781 END_CATCH
2782
2783 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2784 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2785 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2786 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2787 bl->owner->number);
2788 }
2789 }
2790 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2791 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2792 {
2793 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2794 TRY
2795 {
2796 int val;
2797
2798 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2799 if (val)
2800 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2801 }
2802 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2803 {
2804 bp_err = e.error;
2805 bp_err_message = e.message;
2806 }
2807 END_CATCH
2808 }
2809 else
2810 {
2811 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2812 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2813 return 0;
2814 }
2815 }
2816
2817 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2818 {
2819 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2820
2821 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2822 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2823 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2824 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2825 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2826 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2827 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2828 errors as memory errors. */
2829 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2830 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2831 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2832 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2833 bl->address)))
2834 {
2835 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2836 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2838 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2839 {
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2841 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2842 bl->owner->number);
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2844 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2845 "library breakpoints:\n");
2846 }
2847 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2848 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2849 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2850 return 0;
2851 }
2852 else
2853 {
2854 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2855 {
2856 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2857 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2858 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2859 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2860 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2861 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2862 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2863 }
2864 else
2865 {
2866 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2867 {
2868 char *message
2869 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2870 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2871 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2872
2873 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2874 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2875 "%s\n",
2876 bl->owner->number, message);
2877 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2878 }
2879 else
2880 {
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2882 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2883 bl->owner->number,
2884 bp_err_message);
2885 }
2886 }
2887 return 1;
2888
2889 }
2890 }
2891 else
2892 bl->inserted = 1;
2893
2894 return 0;
2895 }
2896
2897 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2898 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2899 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2900 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2901 {
2902 int val;
2903
2904 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2905 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2906
2907 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2908
2909 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2910 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2911 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2912 {
2913 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2914
2915 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2916 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2917 of this one. */
2918 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2919 if (loc != bl
2920 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2921 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2922 {
2923 bl->duplicate = 1;
2924 bl->inserted = 1;
2925 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2926 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2927 val = 0;
2928 break;
2929 }
2930
2931 if (val == 1)
2932 {
2933 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2934 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2935
2936 if (val)
2937 /* Back to the original value. */
2938 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2939 }
2940 }
2941
2942 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2943 }
2944
2945 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2946 {
2947 int val;
2948
2949 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2950 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2951
2952 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2953 if (val)
2954 {
2955 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2956
2957 if (val == 1)
2958 warning (_("\
2959 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2960 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2961 else
2962 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2963 }
2964
2965 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2966
2967 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2968 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2969 so just return success. */
2970 return 0;
2971 }
2972
2973 return 0;
2974 }
2975
2976 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2977 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2978 PSPACE anymore. */
2979
2980 void
2981 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2982 {
2983 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2984 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2985
2986 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2988 {
2989 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2990 delete_breakpoint (b);
2991 }
2992
2993 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2994 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2996 {
2997 struct bp_location *tmp;
2998
2999 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
3000 {
3001 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3002 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
3003 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
3004 else
3005 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
3006 if (tmp->next == loc)
3007 {
3008 tmp->next = loc->next;
3009 break;
3010 }
3011 }
3012 }
3013
3014 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3015 removed locations above. */
3016 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
3017 }
3018
3019 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3020 Throws exception on any error.
3021 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3022 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3023 void
3024 insert_breakpoints (void)
3025 {
3026 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3027
3028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3029 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3030 {
3031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
3032
3033 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3034 }
3035
3036 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3037 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3038 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3039 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3040 }
3041
3042 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3043
3044 void
3045 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3046 {
3047 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3048
3049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3050 {
3051 callback (loc, NULL);
3052 }
3053 }
3054
3055 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3056 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3057 always-inserted mode. */
3058
3059 static void
3060 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3061 {
3062 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3063 int error_flag = 0;
3064 int val = 0;
3065 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3066 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3067 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3068
3069 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3070 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3071
3072 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3073 there was an error. */
3074 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3075
3076 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3077
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3079 {
3080 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3081 breakpoints. */
3082 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3083 continue;
3084
3085 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3086 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3087 deletion of breakpoints. */
3088 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3089 continue;
3090
3091 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3092
3093 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3094 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3095 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3096 insert breakpoints. */
3097 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3098 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3099 continue;
3100
3101 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3102 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3103 if (val)
3104 error_flag = val;
3105 }
3106
3107 if (error_flag)
3108 {
3109 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3110 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3111 }
3112
3113 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3114 }
3115
3116 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3117
3118 static void
3119 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3120 {
3121 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3122 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3123 int error_flag = 0;
3124 int val = 0;
3125 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3126 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3127 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3128
3129 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3130 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3131
3132 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3133 there was an error. */
3134 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3135
3136 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3137
3138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3139 {
3140 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3141 continue;
3142
3143 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3144 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3145 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3146 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3147 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3148 continue;
3149
3150 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3151
3152 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3153 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3154 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3155 insert breakpoints. */
3156 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3157 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3158 continue;
3159
3160 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3161 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3162 if (val)
3163 error_flag = val;
3164 }
3165
3166 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3167 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3169 {
3170 int some_failed = 0;
3171 struct bp_location *loc;
3172
3173 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3174 continue;
3175
3176 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3177 continue;
3178
3179 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3180 continue;
3181
3182 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3183 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3184 {
3185 some_failed = 1;
3186 break;
3187 }
3188 if (some_failed)
3189 {
3190 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3191 if (loc->inserted)
3192 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3193
3194 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3195 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3196 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3197 bpt->number);
3198 error_flag = -1;
3199 }
3200 }
3201
3202 if (error_flag)
3203 {
3204 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3205 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3206 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3207 {
3208 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3209 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3210 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3211 }
3212 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3213 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3214 }
3215
3216 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Used when the program stops.
3220 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3221 removing a breakpoint location. */
3222
3223 int
3224 remove_breakpoints (void)
3225 {
3226 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3227 int val = 0;
3228
3229 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3230 {
3231 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3232 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3233 }
3234 return val;
3235 }
3236
3237 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3238 that thread. */
3239
3240 static void
3241 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3242 {
3243 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3244
3245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3246 {
3247 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3248 {
3249 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3250
3251 printf_filtered (_("\
3252 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3253 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3254
3255 /* Hide it from the user. */
3256 b->number = 0;
3257 }
3258 }
3259 }
3260
3261 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3262
3263 int
3264 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3265 {
3266 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3267 int val;
3268 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3269
3270 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3271 {
3272 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3273 continue;
3274
3275 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3276 {
3277 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3278 if (val != 0)
3279 return val;
3280 }
3281 }
3282 return 0;
3283 }
3284
3285 int
3286 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3287 {
3288 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3289 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3290 int val;
3291 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3292 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3293 struct inferior *inf;
3294 struct thread_info *tp;
3295
3296 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3297 if (tp == NULL)
3298 return 1;
3299
3300 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3301 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3302
3303 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3304
3305 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3306 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3307
3308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3309 {
3310 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3311 continue;
3312
3313 if (bl->inserted)
3314 {
3315 bl->inserted = 0;
3316 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3317 if (val != 0)
3318 {
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3320 return val;
3321 }
3322 }
3323 }
3324 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3325 return 0;
3326 }
3327
3328 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3329
3330 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3331 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3332 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3333 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3334 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3335 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3336 static void
3337 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3338 {
3339 if (internal)
3340 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3341 else
3342 {
3343 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3344 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3345 }
3346 }
3347
3348 static struct breakpoint *
3349 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3350 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3351 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3352 {
3353 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3354 struct breakpoint *b;
3355
3356 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3357
3358 sal.pc = address;
3359 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3360 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3361
3362 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3363 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3364 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3365
3366 return b;
3367 }
3368
3369 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3370 {
3371 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3372 };
3373 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3374
3375 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3377 {
3378 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3379 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3380
3381 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3383
3384 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3385 int longjmp_searched;
3386
3387 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3388 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3389
3390 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3391 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3392
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3395
3396 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3397 int exception_searched;
3398
3399 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3400 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3401 };
3402
3403 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3404
3405 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3406 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3407
3408 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3409
3410 static int
3411 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3412 {
3413 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3414 }
3415
3416 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3417 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3418
3419 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3420 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3421 {
3422 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3423
3424 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3425 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3426 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3427 {
3428 bp_objfile_data =
3429 XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct breakpoint_objfile_data);
3430
3431 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3432 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3433 }
3434 return bp_objfile_data;
3435 }
3436
3437 static void
3438 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3439 {
3440 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3441 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3442
3443 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3444 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3445 }
3446
3447 static void
3448 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3449 {
3450 struct objfile *objfile;
3451 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3452
3453 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3454 {
3455 struct breakpoint *b;
3456 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3457 CORE_ADDR addr;
3458 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3459
3460 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3461
3462 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3463 continue;
3464
3465 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3466 {
3467 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3468
3469 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3470 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3471 {
3472 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3473 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3474 continue;
3475 }
3476 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3477 }
3478
3479 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3480 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3481 bp_overlay_event,
3482 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3483 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3484 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3485 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3486
3487 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3488 {
3489 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3490 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3491 }
3492 else
3493 {
3494 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3495 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3496 }
3497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 static void
3501 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3502 {
3503 struct program_space *pspace;
3504 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3505
3506 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3507
3508 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3509 {
3510 struct objfile *objfile;
3511
3512 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3513
3514 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3515 {
3516 int i;
3517 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3518 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3519
3520 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3521
3522 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3523
3524 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3525 {
3526 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3527
3528 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3529 if (ret != NULL)
3530 {
3531 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3532 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3533
3534 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3535 {
3536 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3537 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3538 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3539 ret = NULL;
3540 }
3541 }
3542 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3543 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3544 }
3545
3546 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3547 {
3548 int i;
3549 struct probe *probe;
3550 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3551
3552 for (i = 0;
3553 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3554 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3555 i, probe);
3556 ++i)
3557 {
3558 struct breakpoint *b;
3559
3560 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3561 get_probe_address (probe,
3562 objfile),
3563 bp_longjmp_master,
3564 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3565 b->location
3566 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3568 }
3569
3570 continue;
3571 }
3572
3573 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3574 continue;
3575
3576 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3577 {
3578 struct breakpoint *b;
3579 const char *func_name;
3580 CORE_ADDR addr;
3581 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3582
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3584 continue;
3585
3586 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3587 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3588 {
3589 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3590
3591 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3592 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3593 {
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3596 continue;
3597 }
3598 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3599 }
3600
3601 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3602 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3603 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3604 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3605 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3606 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3607 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3608 }
3609 }
3610 }
3611
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3616 static void
3617 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3618 {
3619 struct program_space *pspace;
3620 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3621 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3622
3623 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3624
3625 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3626 {
3627 struct objfile *objfile;
3628 CORE_ADDR addr;
3629
3630 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3631
3632 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3633 {
3634 struct breakpoint *b;
3635 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3636 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3637
3638 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3639
3640 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3641 continue;
3642
3643 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3644 {
3645 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3646
3647 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3648 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3649 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3650 {
3651 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3652 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3653 continue;
3654 }
3655 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3656 }
3657
3658 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3659 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3660 bp_std_terminate_master,
3661 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3662 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3663 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3664 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3665 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3666 }
3667 }
3668
3669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3670 }
3671
3672 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3673
3674 static void
3675 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3676 {
3677 struct objfile *objfile;
3678 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3679
3680 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3681 {
3682 struct breakpoint *b;
3683 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3684 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3685 CORE_ADDR addr;
3686 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3687
3688 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3689
3690 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3691 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3692 {
3693 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3694
3695 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3696
3697 if (ret != NULL)
3698 {
3699 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3700 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3701
3702 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3703 {
3704 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3705 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3706 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3707 ret = NULL;
3708 }
3709 }
3710 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3711 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3712 }
3713
3714 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3715 {
3716 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3717 int i;
3718 struct probe *probe;
3719
3720 for (i = 0;
3721 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3722 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3723 i, probe);
3724 ++i)
3725 {
3726 struct breakpoint *b;
3727
3728 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3729 get_probe_address (probe,
3730 objfile),
3731 bp_exception_master,
3732 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3733 b->location
3734 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3735 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3736 }
3737
3738 continue;
3739 }
3740
3741 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3742
3743 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3744 continue;
3745
3746 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3747
3748 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3749 {
3750 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3751
3752 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3753 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3754 {
3755 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3756 continue;
3757 }
3758
3759 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3760 }
3761
3762 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3763 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3764 &current_target);
3765 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3766 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3767 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3768 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3769 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3770 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3771 }
3772 }
3773
3774 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3775
3776 static int
3777 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3778 {
3779 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location);
3780 }
3781
3782 void
3783 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3784 {
3785 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3786 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3787
3788 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3789 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3790 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3791 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3792 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3793 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3794 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3795 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3797 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3798 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3799
3800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3801 {
3802 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3803 continue;
3804
3805 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3806 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3807 {
3808 delete_breakpoint (b);
3809 continue;
3810 }
3811
3812 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3813 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3814 {
3815 delete_breakpoint (b);
3816 continue;
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3820 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3821 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3822 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3823 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3824 {
3825 delete_breakpoint (b);
3826 continue;
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3830 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3831 {
3832 delete_breakpoint (b);
3833 continue;
3834 }
3835
3836 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3837 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3838 {
3839 delete_breakpoint (b);
3840 continue;
3841 }
3842
3843 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3844 after an exec. */
3845 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3846 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3847 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3848 {
3849 delete_breakpoint (b);
3850 continue;
3851 }
3852
3853 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3854 {
3855 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3856 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3857 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3858 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3859 continue;
3860 }
3861
3862 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3863 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3864 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3865 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3866 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3867 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3868
3869 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3870 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3871 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3872 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3873 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3874 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3875 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3876
3877 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3878 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3879 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3880 let finish_command delete it.
3881
3882 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3883 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3884 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3885 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3886 solib breakpoints.) */
3887
3888 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3889 {
3890 continue;
3891 }
3892
3893 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3894 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3895 a.out. */
3896 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3897 {
3898 delete_breakpoint (b);
3899 continue;
3900 }
3901 }
3902 }
3903
3904 int
3905 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3906 {
3907 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3908 int val = 0;
3909 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3910 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3911
3912 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3913 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3914
3915 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3916 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3917 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3918 {
3919 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3920 continue;
3921
3922 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3923 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3924 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3925 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3926 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3927 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3928 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3929 continue;
3930
3931 if (bl->inserted)
3932 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3933 }
3934
3935 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3936 return val;
3937 }
3938
3939 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3940 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3941 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3942 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3943 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3944
3945 static int
3946 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3947 {
3948 int val;
3949
3950 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3951 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3952
3953 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3954 This should not ever happen. */
3955 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3956
3957 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3958 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3959 {
3960 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3961 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3962 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3963
3964 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3965 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3966 || bl->section == NULL
3967 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3968 {
3969 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3970
3971 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3972 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3973 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3974 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3975 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3976 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3977 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3978 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3979 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3980 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3981 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3982 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3983 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3984 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3985 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3986 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3987 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3988 they should always be removed. */
3989 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3990 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3991 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3992 val = 0;
3993 else
3994 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3995 }
3996 else
3997 {
3998 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3999 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
4000 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
4001 {
4002 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4003 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4004 */
4005 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4006 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4007 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4008 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4009 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4010 else
4011 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4012 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4013 }
4014 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4015 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4016 if (bl->inserted)
4017 {
4018 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4019 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4020 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4021 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4022
4023 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4024 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4025 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4026 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4027 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4028 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4029 else
4030 val = 0;
4031 }
4032 else
4033 {
4034 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4035 val = 0;
4036 }
4037 }
4038
4039 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4040 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4041 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4042 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4043 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4044 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4045 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4046 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4047 always-inserted mode. */
4048 if (val
4049 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4050 && (bl->shlib_disabled
4051 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
4052 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4053 bl->address))))
4054 val = 0;
4055
4056 if (val)
4057 return val;
4058 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4059 }
4060 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4061 {
4062 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4063 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4064
4065 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4066 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4067
4068 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4069 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4070 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4071 bl->owner->number);
4072 }
4073 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4074 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4075 && !bl->duplicate)
4076 {
4077 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4078 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4079
4080 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4081 if (val)
4082 return val;
4083
4084 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4085 }
4086
4087 return 0;
4088 }
4089
4090 static int
4091 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4092 {
4093 int ret;
4094 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4095
4096 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4097 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4098
4099 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4100 This should not ever happen. */
4101 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4102
4103 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4104
4105 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4106
4107 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4108
4109 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4110 return ret;
4111 }
4112
4113 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4114
4115 void
4116 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4117 {
4118 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4119
4120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4121 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4122 bl->inserted = 0;
4123 }
4124
4125 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4126 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4127
4128 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4129 between runs.
4130
4131 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4132 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4133 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4134
4135
4136
4137 void
4138 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4139 {
4140 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4141 struct bp_location *bl;
4142 int ix;
4143 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4144
4145 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4146 nothing to do. */
4147 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4148 return;
4149
4150 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4151
4152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4153 {
4154 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4155 continue;
4156
4157 switch (b->type)
4158 {
4159 case bp_call_dummy:
4160 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4161
4162 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4163 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4164 rid of it. */
4165
4166 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4167
4168 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4169
4170 case bp_shlib_event:
4171
4172 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4173 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4174 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4175 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4176 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4177
4178 (gdb) file prog-linux
4179 (gdb) run # native linux target
4180 ...
4181 (gdb) kill
4182 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4183 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4184 */
4185
4186 case bp_step_resume:
4187
4188 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4189
4190 case bp_single_step:
4191
4192 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4193
4194 delete_breakpoint (b);
4195 break;
4196
4197 case bp_watchpoint:
4198 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4199 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4200 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4201 {
4202 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4203
4204 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4205 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4206 delete_breakpoint (b);
4207 else if (context == inf_starting)
4208 {
4209 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4210 insert_breakpoints. */
4211 if (w->val)
4212 value_free (w->val);
4213 w->val = NULL;
4214 w->val_valid = 0;
4215 }
4216 }
4217 break;
4218 default:
4219 break;
4220 }
4221 }
4222
4223 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4224 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4225 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4226 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4227 }
4228
4229 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4230 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4231 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4232 match, not program space. */
4233
4234 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4235 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4236 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4237 permanent breakpoint.
4238 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4239 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4240 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4241 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4242 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4243
4244 enum breakpoint_here
4245 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4246 {
4247 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4248 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4249
4250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4251 {
4252 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4253 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4254 continue;
4255
4256 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4257 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4258 || bl->permanent)
4259 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4260 {
4261 if (overlay_debugging
4262 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4263 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4264 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4265 else if (bl->permanent)
4266 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4267 else
4268 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4269 }
4270 }
4271
4272 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4273 }
4274
4275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4276
4277 int
4278 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4279 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4280 {
4281 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4282
4283 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4284 {
4285 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4286 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4287 continue;
4288
4289 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4290 || bl->permanent)
4291 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4292 addr, len))
4293 {
4294 if (overlay_debugging
4295 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4296 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4297 {
4298 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4299 continue;
4300 }
4301
4302 return 1;
4303 }
4304 }
4305
4306 return 0;
4307 }
4308
4309 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4310
4311 int
4312 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4313 {
4314 struct bp_location *loc;
4315 int ix;
4316
4317 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4318 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4319 return 1;
4320
4321 return 0;
4322 }
4323
4324 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4325 ASPACE. */
4326
4327 static int
4328 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4329 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4330 {
4331 if (bl->inserted
4332 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4333 aspace, pc))
4334 {
4335 if (overlay_debugging
4336 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4337 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4338 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4339 else
4340 return 1;
4341 }
4342 return 0;
4343 }
4344
4345 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4346
4347 int
4348 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4349 {
4350 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4351
4352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4353 {
4354 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4355
4356 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4357 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4358 continue;
4359
4360 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4361 return 1;
4362 }
4363 return 0;
4364 }
4365
4366 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4367 inserted at PC. */
4368
4369 int
4370 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4371 CORE_ADDR pc)
4372 {
4373 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4374
4375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4376 {
4377 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4378
4379 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4380 continue;
4381
4382 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4383 return 1;
4384 }
4385
4386 return 0;
4387 }
4388
4389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4390
4391 int
4392 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4393 CORE_ADDR pc)
4394 {
4395 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4396
4397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4398 {
4399 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4400
4401 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4402 continue;
4403
4404 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4405 return 1;
4406 }
4407
4408 return 0;
4409 }
4410
4411 int
4412 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4413 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4414 {
4415 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4416
4417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4418 {
4419 struct bp_location *loc;
4420
4421 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4422 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4423 continue;
4424
4425 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4426 continue;
4427
4428 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4429 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4430 {
4431 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4432
4433 /* Check for intersection. */
4434 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4435 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4436 if (l < h)
4437 return 1;
4438 }
4439 }
4440 return 0;
4441 }
4442 \f
4443
4444 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4445 in breakpoint.h. */
4446
4447 int
4448 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4449 {
4450 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4451 }
4452
4453 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4454 'next' chain. */
4455
4456 static void
4457 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4458 {
4459 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4460 value_free (bs->old_val);
4461 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4462 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4463 xfree (bs);
4464 }
4465
4466 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4467 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4468
4469 void
4470 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4471 {
4472 bpstat p;
4473 bpstat q;
4474
4475 if (bsp == 0)
4476 return;
4477 p = *bsp;
4478 while (p != NULL)
4479 {
4480 q = p->next;
4481 bpstat_free (p);
4482 p = q;
4483 }
4484 *bsp = NULL;
4485 }
4486
4487 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4488 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4489
4490 bpstat
4491 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4492 {
4493 bpstat p = NULL;
4494 bpstat tmp;
4495 bpstat retval = NULL;
4496
4497 if (bs == NULL)
4498 return bs;
4499
4500 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4501 {
4502 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4503 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4504 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4505 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4506 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4507 {
4508 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4509 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4510 }
4511
4512 if (p == NULL)
4513 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4514 retval = tmp;
4515 else
4516 p->next = tmp;
4517 p = tmp;
4518 }
4519 p->next = NULL;
4520 return retval;
4521 }
4522
4523 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4524
4525 bpstat
4526 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4527 {
4528 if (bsp == NULL)
4529 return NULL;
4530
4531 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4532 {
4533 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4534 return bsp;
4535 }
4536 return NULL;
4537 }
4538
4539 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4540
4541 int
4542 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4543 {
4544 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4545 {
4546 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4547 {
4548 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4549 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4550 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4551 return 1;
4552 }
4553 else
4554 {
4555 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4556 sig))
4557 return 1;
4558 }
4559 }
4560
4561 return 0;
4562 }
4563
4564 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4565 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4566 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4567 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4568
4569 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4570 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4571 we set it.
4572 Return 1 otherwise. */
4573
4574 int
4575 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4576 {
4577 struct breakpoint *b;
4578
4579 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4580 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4581
4582 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4583 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4584 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4585 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4586 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4587 if (b == NULL)
4588 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4589
4590 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4591 return 1;
4592 }
4593
4594 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4595
4596 void
4597 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4598 {
4599 struct thread_info *tp;
4600 bpstat bs;
4601
4602 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4603 return;
4604
4605 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4606 if (tp == NULL)
4607 return;
4608
4609 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4610 {
4611 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4612
4613 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4614 {
4615 value_free (bs->old_val);
4616 bs->old_val = NULL;
4617 }
4618 }
4619 }
4620
4621 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4622
4623 static void
4624 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4625 {
4626 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4627 {
4628 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4629
4630 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4631 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4632 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4633 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4634 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4635 return;
4636 }
4637
4638 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4639 }
4640
4641 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4642 command. */
4643 static void
4644 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4645 {
4646 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4647 }
4648
4649 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4650 or its equivalent. */
4651
4652 static int
4653 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4654 {
4655 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4659 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4660 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4661 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4662
4663 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4664 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4665 bpstat of the current thread. */
4666
4667 static int
4668 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4669 {
4670 bpstat bs;
4671 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4672 int again = 0;
4673
4674 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4675 in bs->commands. */
4676 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4677 return 0;
4678
4679 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4680 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4681
4682 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4683
4684 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4685 bs = *bsp;
4686
4687 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4688 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4689 {
4690 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4691 struct command_line *cmd;
4692 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4693
4694 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4695
4696 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4697 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4698 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4699 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4700 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4701 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4702 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4703 the tree when we're done. */
4704 ccmd = bs->commands;
4705 bs->commands = NULL;
4706 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4707 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4708 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4709 {
4710 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4711 cmd = cmd->next;
4712 }
4713
4714 while (cmd != NULL)
4715 {
4716 execute_control_command (cmd);
4717
4718 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4719 break;
4720 else
4721 cmd = cmd->next;
4722 }
4723
4724 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4725 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4726
4727 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4728 {
4729 if (interpreter_async)
4730 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4731 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4732 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4733 ;
4734 else
4735 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4736 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4737 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4738 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4739 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4740 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4741 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4742 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4743 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4744 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4745 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4746 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4747 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4748 again = 1;
4749 break;
4750 }
4751 }
4752 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4753 return again;
4754 }
4755
4756 void
4757 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4758 {
4759 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4760
4761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4763 && target_has_execution
4764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4771 break;
4772
4773 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4774 }
4775
4776 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4777
4778 static void
4779 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4780 {
4781 if (val == NULL)
4782 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4783 else
4784 {
4785 struct value_print_options opts;
4786 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4787 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4788 }
4789 }
4790
4791 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4792 debugging multiple threads. */
4793
4794 void
4795 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4796 {
4797 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4798 return;
4799
4800 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4801
4802 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4803 {
4804 const char *name;
4805 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4806
4807 ui_out_text (uiout, "Thread ");
4808 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4809
4810 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4811 if (name != NULL)
4812 {
4813 ui_out_text (uiout, " \"");
4814 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "name", "%s", name);
4815 ui_out_text (uiout, "\"");
4816 }
4817
4818 ui_out_text (uiout, " hit ");
4819 }
4820 }
4821
4822 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4823 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4824 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4825 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4826 normal_stop(). */
4827
4828 static enum print_stop_action
4829 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4830 {
4831 switch (bs->print_it)
4832 {
4833 case print_it_noop:
4834 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4835 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4836 break;
4837
4838 case print_it_done:
4839 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4840 relevant messages. */
4841 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4842 break;
4843
4844 case print_it_normal:
4845 {
4846 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4847
4848 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4849 which has since been deleted. */
4850 if (b == NULL)
4851 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4852
4853 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4854 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4855 }
4856 break;
4857
4858 default:
4859 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4860 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4861 break;
4862 }
4863 }
4864
4865 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4866
4867 static void
4868 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4869 {
4870 int any_deleted
4871 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4872 int any_added
4873 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4874
4875 if (!is_catchpoint)
4876 {
4877 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4878 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4879 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4880 else
4881 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4882 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4883 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4884 }
4885
4886 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4887 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4889
4890 if (any_deleted)
4891 {
4892 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4893 char *name;
4894 int ix;
4895
4896 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4897 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4898 "removed");
4899 for (ix = 0;
4900 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4901 ix, name);
4902 ++ix)
4903 {
4904 if (ix > 0)
4905 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4906 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4907 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4908 }
4909
4910 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4911 }
4912
4913 if (any_added)
4914 {
4915 struct so_list *iter;
4916 int ix;
4917 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4918
4919 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4920 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4921 "added");
4922 for (ix = 0;
4923 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4924 ix, iter);
4925 ++ix)
4926 {
4927 if (ix > 0)
4928 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4929 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4930 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4931 }
4932
4933 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4934 }
4935 }
4936
4937 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4938 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4939 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4940 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4941 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4942 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4943 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4944 routine is one of:
4945
4946 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4947 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4948 code to print the location. An example is
4949 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4950 the location.
4951 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4952 to also print the location part of the message.
4953 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4954 don't require a location appended to the end.
4955 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4956 further info to be printed. */
4957
4958 enum print_stop_action
4959 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4960 {
4961 enum print_stop_action val;
4962
4963 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4964 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4965 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4966 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4967 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4968 {
4969 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4970 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4971 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4972 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4973 return val;
4974 }
4975
4976 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4977 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4978 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4979 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4980 {
4981 print_solib_event (0);
4982 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4983 }
4984
4985 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4986 with and nothing was printed. */
4987 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4988 }
4989
4990 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4991 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4992 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4993 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4994 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4995 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4996
4997 static int
4998 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4999 {
5000 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5001 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
5002
5003 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5004 return i;
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5008
5009 static bpstat
5010 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
5011 {
5012 bpstat bs;
5013
5014 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
5015 bs->next = NULL;
5016 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
5017 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
5018 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
5019 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
5020 incref_bp_location (bl);
5021 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5022 bs->commands = NULL;
5023 bs->old_val = NULL;
5024 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
5025 return bs;
5026 }
5027 \f
5028 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5029 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5030
5031 int
5032 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5033 {
5034 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5035 CORE_ADDR addr;
5036 struct breakpoint *b;
5037
5038 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
5039 {
5040 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5041 as not triggered. */
5042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5043 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5044 {
5045 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5046
5047 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5048 }
5049
5050 return 0;
5051 }
5052
5053 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
5054 {
5055 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5056 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5057 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5058 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5059 {
5060 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5061
5062 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5063 }
5064
5065 return 1;
5066 }
5067
5068 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5069 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5070 triggered. */
5071
5072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5073 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5074 {
5075 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5076 struct bp_location *loc;
5077
5078 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5079 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5080 {
5081 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5082 {
5083 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5084 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5085
5086 if (newaddr == start)
5087 {
5088 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5089 break;
5090 }
5091 }
5092 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5093 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
5094 addr, loc->address,
5095 loc->length))
5096 {
5097 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5098 break;
5099 }
5100 }
5101 }
5102
5103 return 1;
5104 }
5105
5106 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5107 because of check_errors). */
5108 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5109 #define WP_DELETED 1
5110 /* The value has changed. */
5111 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5112 /* The value has not changed. */
5113 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5114 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5115 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5116
5117 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5118 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5119
5120 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5121 changed.
5122
5123 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5124 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5125
5126 static int
5127 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5128 {
5129 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5130 struct watchpoint *b;
5131 struct frame_info *fr;
5132 int within_current_scope;
5133
5134 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5135 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5136 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5137
5138 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5139 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5140 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5141 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5142 return WP_IGNORE;
5143
5144 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5145 within_current_scope = 1;
5146 else
5147 {
5148 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5149 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5150 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5151
5152 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5153 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5154 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5155 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5156 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5157 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5158 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5159 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5160 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5161 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5162 return WP_IGNORE;
5163
5164 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5165 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5166
5167 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5168 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5169 if (within_current_scope)
5170 {
5171 struct symbol *function;
5172
5173 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5174 if (function == NULL
5175 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5176 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5177 within_current_scope = 0;
5178 }
5179
5180 if (within_current_scope)
5181 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5182 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5183 the user. */
5184 select_frame (fr);
5185 }
5186
5187 if (within_current_scope)
5188 {
5189 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5190 time before we return to the command level and call
5191 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5192 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5193
5194 int pc = 0;
5195 struct value *mark;
5196 struct value *new_val;
5197
5198 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5199 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5200 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5201 a mask watchpoint. */
5202 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5203
5204 mark = value_mark ();
5205 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5206
5207 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5208 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5209
5210 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5211 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5212 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5213 not what we want. */
5214 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5215 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5216 {
5217 if (new_val != NULL)
5218 {
5219 release_value (new_val);
5220 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5221 }
5222 bs->old_val = b->val;
5223 b->val = new_val;
5224 b->val_valid = 1;
5225 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5226 }
5227 else
5228 {
5229 /* Nothing changed. */
5230 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5231 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5232 }
5233 }
5234 else
5235 {
5236 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5237
5238 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5239 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5240 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5241 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5242 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5243 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5244 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5245 the first value assigned). */
5246 /* We print all the stop information in
5247 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5248 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5249 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5250 here. */
5251 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5252 ui_out_field_string
5253 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5254 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5255 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5256 ui_out_text (uiout,
5257 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5258 which its expression is valid.\n");
5259
5260 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5261 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5262 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5263
5264 return WP_DELETED;
5265 }
5266 }
5267
5268 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5269 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5270 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5271
5272 static int
5273 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5274 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5275 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5276 {
5277 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5278
5279 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5280 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5281
5282 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5283 }
5284
5285 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5286 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5287
5288 static void
5289 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5290 {
5291 const struct bp_location *bl;
5292 struct watchpoint *b;
5293
5294 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5295 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5296 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5297 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5298 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5299
5300 {
5301 int must_check_value = 0;
5302
5303 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5304 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5305 watched value. */
5306 must_check_value = 1;
5307 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5308 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5309 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5310 this watchpoint. */
5311 must_check_value = 1;
5312 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5313 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5314 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5315 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5316 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5317 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5318 must_check_value = 1;
5319
5320 if (must_check_value)
5321 {
5322 char *message
5323 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5324 b->base.number);
5325 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5326 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5327 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5328 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5329 switch (e)
5330 {
5331 case WP_DELETED:
5332 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5333 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5334 /* Stop. */
5335 break;
5336 case WP_IGNORE:
5337 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5338 bs->stop = 0;
5339 break;
5340 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5341 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5342 {
5343 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5344
5345 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5346 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5347 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5348 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5349 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5350 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5351 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5352 old value.
5353
5354 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5355 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5356 happen:
5357
5358 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5359 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5360 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5361 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5362
5363 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5364 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5365 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5366 watchpoint.
5367
5368 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5369 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5370 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5371 changes. This still gives false positives when
5372 the program writes the same value to memory as
5373 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5374 it for a read), but it's much better than
5375 nothing. */
5376
5377 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5378
5379 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5380 {
5381 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5382
5383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5384 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5385 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5386 {
5387 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5388 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5389
5390 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5391 == watch_triggered_yes)
5392 {
5393 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5394 break;
5395 }
5396 }
5397 }
5398
5399 if (other_write_watchpoint
5400 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5401 {
5402 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5403 and the value changed since the last time we
5404 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5405 Ignore it. */
5406 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5407 bs->stop = 0;
5408 }
5409 }
5410 break;
5411 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5412 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5413 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5414 {
5415 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5416 the value hasn't changed. */
5417 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5418 bs->stop = 0;
5419 }
5420 /* Stop. */
5421 break;
5422 default:
5423 /* Can't happen. */
5424 case 0:
5425 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5426 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5427 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5428 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5429 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5430 break;
5431 }
5432 }
5433 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5434 {
5435 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5436 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5437 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5438 anything for this watchpoint. */
5439 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5440 bs->stop = 0;
5441 }
5442 }
5443 }
5444
5445 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5446 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5447 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5448 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5449
5450 static void
5451 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5452 {
5453 const struct bp_location *bl;
5454 struct breakpoint *b;
5455 int value_is_zero = 0;
5456 struct expression *cond;
5457
5458 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5459
5460 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5461 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5462 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5463 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5464 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5465
5466 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5467 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5468 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5469
5470 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5471 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5472 {
5473 bs->stop = 0;
5474 return;
5475 }
5476
5477 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5478 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5479 thread/task. */
5480 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5481 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5482
5483 {
5484 bs->stop = 0;
5485 return;
5486 }
5487
5488 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5489 implemented. */
5490 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5491
5492 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5493 {
5494 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5495
5496 cond = w->cond_exp;
5497 }
5498 else
5499 cond = bl->cond;
5500
5501 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5502 {
5503 int within_current_scope = 1;
5504 struct watchpoint * w;
5505
5506 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5507 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5508 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5509 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5510 function call. */
5511 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5512
5513 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5514 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5515 else
5516 w = NULL;
5517
5518 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5519 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5520 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5521 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5522 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5523 call site. */
5524 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5525 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5526 else
5527 {
5528 struct frame_info *frame;
5529
5530 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5531 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5532 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5533 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5534 really matter which instantiation of the function
5535 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5536 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5537 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5538 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5539 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5540 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5541 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5542 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5543 intuitive. */
5544 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5545 if (frame != NULL)
5546 select_frame (frame);
5547 else
5548 within_current_scope = 0;
5549 }
5550 if (within_current_scope)
5551 value_is_zero
5552 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5553 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5554 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5555 else
5556 {
5557 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5558 "in the current scope"));
5559 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5560 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5561 value_is_zero = 0;
5562 }
5563 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5564 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5565 }
5566
5567 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5568 {
5569 bs->stop = 0;
5570 }
5571 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5572 {
5573 b->ignore_count--;
5574 bs->stop = 0;
5575 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5576 ++(b->hit_count);
5577 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5578 }
5579 }
5580
5581 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5582 on the current target. */
5583
5584 static int
5585 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5586 {
5587 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5588 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5589 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5590 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5591 }
5592
5593
5594 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5595 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5596
5597 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5598 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5599 that:
5600
5601 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5602
5603 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5604
5605 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5606 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5607 several reasons concurrently.)
5608
5609 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5610 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5611
5612 bpstat
5613 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5614 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5615 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5616 {
5617 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5618 struct bp_location *bl;
5619 struct bp_location *loc;
5620 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5621 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5622 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5623 bpstat bs;
5624 int ix;
5625 int need_remove_insert;
5626 int removed_any;
5627
5628 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5629 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5630 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5631 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5632 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5633 inferior function calls. */
5634
5635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5636 {
5637 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5638 continue;
5639
5640 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5641 {
5642 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5643 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5644 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5645 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5646 checked all locations already. */
5647 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5648 break;
5649
5650 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5651 continue;
5652
5653 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5654 continue;
5655
5656 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5657 matches. */
5658
5659 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5660 explain stop. */
5661
5662 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5663 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5664 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5665 bs->stop = 1;
5666 bs->print = 1;
5667
5668 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5669 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5670 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5671 iteration. */
5672 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5673 {
5674 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5675
5676 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5677 }
5678 }
5679 }
5680
5681 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5682 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5683 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5684 {
5685 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5686 {
5687 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5688 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5689 {
5690 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5691 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5692 bs->stop = 0;
5693 bs->print = 0;
5694 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5695 }
5696 }
5697 }
5698
5699 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5700 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5701 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5702 "catch unload". */
5703 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5704 {
5705 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5706 {
5707 handle_solib_event ();
5708 break;
5709 }
5710 }
5711
5712 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5713 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5714 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5715
5716 removed_any = 0;
5717
5718 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5719 {
5720 if (!bs->stop)
5721 continue;
5722
5723 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5724 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5725 if (bs->stop)
5726 {
5727 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5728
5729 if (bs->stop)
5730 {
5731 ++(b->hit_count);
5732 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5733
5734 /* We will stop here. */
5735 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5736 {
5737 --(b->enable_count);
5738 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5739 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5740 removed_any = 1;
5741 }
5742 if (b->silent)
5743 bs->print = 0;
5744 bs->commands = b->commands;
5745 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5746 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5747 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5748 bs->print = 0;
5749
5750 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5751 }
5752
5753 }
5754
5755 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5756 print. */
5757 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5758 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5759 }
5760
5761 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5762 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5763 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5764 done later. */
5765 need_remove_insert = 0;
5766 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5767 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5768 if (!bs->stop
5769 && bs->breakpoint_at
5770 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5771 {
5772 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5773
5774 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5775 need_remove_insert = 1;
5776 }
5777
5778 if (need_remove_insert)
5779 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5780 else if (removed_any)
5781 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5782
5783 return bs_head;
5784 }
5785
5786 static void
5787 handle_jit_event (void)
5788 {
5789 struct frame_info *frame;
5790 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5791
5792 if (debug_infrun)
5793 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5794
5795 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5796 breakpoint_re_set. */
5797 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5798
5799 frame = get_current_frame ();
5800 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5801
5802 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5803
5804 target_terminal_inferior ();
5805 }
5806
5807 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5808
5809 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5810
5811 struct bpstat_what
5812 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5813 {
5814 struct bpstat_what retval;
5815 bpstat bs;
5816
5817 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5818 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5819 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5820
5821 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5822 {
5823 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5824 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5825 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5826 enum bptype bptype;
5827
5828 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5829 {
5830 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5831 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5832 bptype = bp_none;
5833 }
5834 else
5835 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5836
5837 switch (bptype)
5838 {
5839 case bp_none:
5840 break;
5841 case bp_breakpoint:
5842 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5843 case bp_single_step:
5844 case bp_until:
5845 case bp_finish:
5846 case bp_shlib_event:
5847 if (bs->stop)
5848 {
5849 if (bs->print)
5850 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5851 else
5852 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5853 }
5854 else
5855 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5856 break;
5857 case bp_watchpoint:
5858 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5859 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5860 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5861 if (bs->stop)
5862 {
5863 if (bs->print)
5864 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5865 else
5866 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5867 }
5868 else
5869 {
5870 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5871 This requires no further action. */
5872 }
5873 break;
5874 case bp_longjmp:
5875 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5876 case bp_exception:
5877 if (bs->stop)
5878 {
5879 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5880 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5881 }
5882 else
5883 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5884 break;
5885 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5886 case bp_exception_resume:
5887 if (bs->stop)
5888 {
5889 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5890 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5891 }
5892 else
5893 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5894 break;
5895 case bp_step_resume:
5896 if (bs->stop)
5897 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5898 else
5899 {
5900 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5901 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5902 }
5903 break;
5904 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5905 if (bs->stop)
5906 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5907 else
5908 {
5909 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5910 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5911 }
5912 break;
5913 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5914 case bp_thread_event:
5915 case bp_overlay_event:
5916 case bp_longjmp_master:
5917 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5918 case bp_exception_master:
5919 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5920 break;
5921 case bp_catchpoint:
5922 if (bs->stop)
5923 {
5924 if (bs->print)
5925 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5926 else
5927 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5928 }
5929 else
5930 {
5931 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5932 This requires no further action. */
5933 }
5934 break;
5935 case bp_jit_event:
5936 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5937 break;
5938 case bp_call_dummy:
5939 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5940 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5941 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5942 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5943 break;
5944 case bp_std_terminate:
5945 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5946 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5947 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5948 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5949 break;
5950 case bp_tracepoint:
5951 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5952 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5953 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5954 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5955 out already. */
5956 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5957 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5958 break;
5959 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5960 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5961 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5962 break;
5963 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5964 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5965 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5966 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5967 break;
5968
5969 case bp_dprintf:
5970 if (bs->stop)
5971 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5972 else
5973 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5974 break;
5975
5976 default:
5977 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5978 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5979 }
5980
5981 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5982 }
5983
5984 return retval;
5985 }
5986
5987 void
5988 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5989 {
5990 bpstat bs;
5991
5992 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5993 {
5994 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5995
5996 if (b == NULL)
5997 continue;
5998 switch (b->type)
5999 {
6000 case bp_jit_event:
6001 handle_jit_event ();
6002 break;
6003 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6004 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
6005 break;
6006 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6007 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
6008 break;
6009 }
6010 }
6011 }
6012
6013 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6014 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6015 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6016
6017 int
6018 bpstat_should_step (void)
6019 {
6020 struct breakpoint *b;
6021
6022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6023 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
6024 return 1;
6025 return 0;
6026 }
6027
6028 int
6029 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
6030 {
6031 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
6032 if (bs->stop)
6033 return 1;
6034
6035 return 0;
6036 }
6037
6038 \f
6039
6040 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6041 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6042 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6043
6044 static char *
6045 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
6046 {
6047 static char wrap_indent[80];
6048 int i, total_width, width, align;
6049 char *text;
6050
6051 total_width = 0;
6052 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
6053 {
6054 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
6055 {
6056 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
6057 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
6058 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
6059
6060 return wrap_indent;
6061 }
6062
6063 total_width += width + 1;
6064 }
6065
6066 return NULL;
6067 }
6068
6069 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6070 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6071
6072 "host": Host evals condition.
6073 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6074 "target": Target evals condition.
6075 */
6076
6077 static const char *
6078 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6079 {
6080 struct bp_location *bl;
6081 char host_evals = 0;
6082 char target_evals = 0;
6083
6084 if (!b)
6085 return NULL;
6086
6087 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6088 return NULL;
6089
6090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6092 return condition_evaluation_host;
6093
6094 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6095 {
6096 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6097 target_evals++;
6098 else
6099 host_evals++;
6100 }
6101
6102 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6103 return condition_evaluation_both;
6104 else if (target_evals)
6105 return condition_evaluation_target;
6106 else
6107 return condition_evaluation_host;
6108 }
6109
6110 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6111 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6112
6113 static const char *
6114 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6115 {
6116 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6117 return NULL;
6118
6119 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6120 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6121 return condition_evaluation_host;
6122
6123 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6124 return condition_evaluation_target;
6125 else
6126 return condition_evaluation_host;
6127 }
6128
6129 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6130
6131 static void
6132 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6133 struct bp_location *loc)
6134 {
6135 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6136 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6137
6138 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6139 loc = NULL;
6140
6141 if (loc != NULL)
6142 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6143
6144 if (b->display_canonical)
6145 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what",
6146 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6147 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6148 {
6149 struct symbol *sym
6150 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6151 if (sym)
6152 {
6153 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6154 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6155 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6156 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6157 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6158 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6159 }
6160 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6161 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6162 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6163
6164 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6165 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6166 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6167
6168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6169 }
6170 else if (loc)
6171 {
6172 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6173 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6174
6175 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6176 demangle, "");
6177 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6178
6179 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6180 }
6181 else
6182 {
6183 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending",
6184 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6185 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6186 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6187 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6188 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && b->extra_string != NULL)
6189 {
6190 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
6191 ui_out_text (uiout, ",");
6192 else
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6194 ui_out_text (uiout, b->extra_string);
6195 }
6196 }
6197
6198 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6199 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6200 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6201 {
6202 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6203 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6204 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6205 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6206 }
6207
6208 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6209 }
6210
6211 static const char *
6212 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6213 {
6214 struct ep_type_description
6215 {
6216 enum bptype type;
6217 char *description;
6218 };
6219 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6220 {
6221 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6222 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6223 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6224 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6225 {bp_until, "until"},
6226 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6227 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6228 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6229 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6230 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6231 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6232 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6233 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6234 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6235 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6236 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6237 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6238 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6239 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6240 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6241 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6242 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6243 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6244 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6245 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6246 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6247 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6248 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6249 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6250 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6251 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6252 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6253 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6254 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6255 };
6256
6257 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6258 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6259 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6260 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6261 (int) type);
6262
6263 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6264 }
6265
6266 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6267 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6268
6269 static void
6270 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6271 const char *field_name,
6272 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6273 int mi_only)
6274 {
6275 struct cleanup *back_to;
6276 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6277 int inf;
6278 int i;
6279
6280 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6281 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6282 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6283 return;
6284
6285 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6286
6287 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6288 {
6289 if (is_mi)
6290 {
6291 char mi_group[10];
6292
6293 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6294 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6295 }
6296 else
6297 {
6298 if (i == 0)
6299 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6300 else
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6302
6303 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6304 }
6305 }
6306
6307 do_cleanups (back_to);
6308 }
6309
6310 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6311
6312 static void
6313 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6314 struct bp_location *loc,
6315 int loc_number,
6316 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6317 int allflag)
6318 {
6319 struct command_line *l;
6320 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6321
6322 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6323 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6324 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6325 struct value_print_options opts;
6326
6327 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6328
6329 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6330 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6331 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6332 if (loc == NULL
6333 && (b->loc != NULL
6334 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6335 header_of_multiple = 1;
6336 if (loc == NULL)
6337 loc = b->loc;
6338
6339 annotate_record ();
6340
6341 /* 1 */
6342 annotate_field (0);
6343 if (part_of_multiple)
6344 {
6345 char *formatted;
6346 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6347 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6348 xfree (formatted);
6349 }
6350 else
6351 {
6352 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6353 }
6354
6355 /* 2 */
6356 annotate_field (1);
6357 if (part_of_multiple)
6358 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6359 else
6360 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6361
6362 /* 3 */
6363 annotate_field (2);
6364 if (part_of_multiple)
6365 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6366 else
6367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6368
6369
6370 /* 4 */
6371 annotate_field (3);
6372 if (part_of_multiple)
6373 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6374 else
6375 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6376 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6377 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6378
6379
6380 /* 5 and 6 */
6381 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6382 {
6383 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6384 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6385 make sure there's just one location. */
6386 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6387 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6388 }
6389 else
6390 switch (b->type)
6391 {
6392 case bp_none:
6393 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6394 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6395 break;
6396
6397 case bp_watchpoint:
6398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6399 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6400 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6401 {
6402 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6403
6404 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6405 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6406 is relatively readable). */
6407 if (opts.addressprint)
6408 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6409 annotate_field (5);
6410 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6411 }
6412 break;
6413
6414 case bp_breakpoint:
6415 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6416 case bp_single_step:
6417 case bp_until:
6418 case bp_finish:
6419 case bp_longjmp:
6420 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6421 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6422 case bp_exception:
6423 case bp_exception_resume:
6424 case bp_step_resume:
6425 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6426 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6427 case bp_call_dummy:
6428 case bp_std_terminate:
6429 case bp_shlib_event:
6430 case bp_thread_event:
6431 case bp_overlay_event:
6432 case bp_longjmp_master:
6433 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6434 case bp_exception_master:
6435 case bp_tracepoint:
6436 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6437 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6438 case bp_dprintf:
6439 case bp_jit_event:
6440 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6441 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6442 if (opts.addressprint)
6443 {
6444 annotate_field (4);
6445 if (header_of_multiple)
6446 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6447 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6448 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6449 else
6450 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6451 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6452 }
6453 annotate_field (5);
6454 if (!header_of_multiple)
6455 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6456 if (b->loc)
6457 *last_loc = b->loc;
6458 break;
6459 }
6460
6461
6462 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6463 {
6464 struct inferior *inf;
6465 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6466 int mi_only = 1;
6467
6468 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6469 {
6470 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6471 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6472 }
6473
6474 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6475 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6476 if (allflag
6477 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6478 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6479 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6480 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6481 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6482 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6483 mi_only = 0;
6484 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6485 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6486 }
6487
6488 if (!part_of_multiple)
6489 {
6490 if (b->thread != -1)
6491 {
6492 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6493 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6494 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6495 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6496 }
6497 else if (b->task != 0)
6498 {
6499 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6500 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6501 }
6502 }
6503
6504 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6505
6506 if (!part_of_multiple)
6507 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6508
6509 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6510 {
6511 annotate_field (6);
6512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6513 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6514 the frame ID. */
6515 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6516 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6518 }
6519
6520 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6521 {
6522 annotate_field (7);
6523 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6524 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6525 else
6526 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6527 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6528
6529 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6530 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6531 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6532 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6533 == condition_evaluation_target)
6534 {
6535 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6536 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6537 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6538 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6539 }
6540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6541 }
6542
6543 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6544 {
6545 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6546 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6547 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6548 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6549 else
6550 {
6551 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6552
6553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6554 }
6555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6556 }
6557
6558 if (!part_of_multiple)
6559 {
6560 if (b->hit_count)
6561 {
6562 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6563 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6564 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6565 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6566 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6567 else
6568 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6569 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6571 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6572 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6573 else
6574 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6575 }
6576 else
6577 {
6578 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6579 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6580 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6581 }
6582 }
6583
6584 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6585 {
6586 annotate_field (8);
6587 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6588 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6589 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6590 }
6591
6592 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6593 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6594 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6595 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6596 {
6597 annotate_field (8);
6598 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6599 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6600 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6601 if (b->ignore_count)
6602 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6603 else
6604 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6605 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6606 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6607 }
6608
6609 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6610 {
6611 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6612
6613 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6614 {
6615 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6616 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6617 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6618 }
6619 }
6620
6621 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6622 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6623 {
6624 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6625
6626 annotate_field (9);
6627 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6628 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6629 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6630 }
6631
6632 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6633 {
6634 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6635
6636 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6637 {
6638 annotate_field (10);
6639 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6640 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6641 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6642 }
6643
6644 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6645 pending. */
6646 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6647 {
6648 annotate_field (11);
6649
6650 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6652 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6653 else
6654 {
6655 if (loc->inserted)
6656 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6657 else
6658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6659 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6660 }
6661 }
6662 }
6663
6664 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6665 {
6666 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6667 {
6668 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6669
6670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6671 }
6672 else if (b->location != NULL
6673 && event_location_to_string (b->location) != NULL)
6674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location",
6675 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6676 }
6677 }
6678
6679 static void
6680 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6681 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6682 int allflag)
6683 {
6684 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6685 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6686
6687 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6688
6689 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6690 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6691
6692 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6693 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6694 locations, if any. */
6695 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6696 {
6697 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6698 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6699 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6700 situation.
6701
6702 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6703 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6704 if (b->loc
6705 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6706 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6707 {
6708 struct bp_location *loc;
6709 int n = 1;
6710
6711 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6712 {
6713 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6714 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6715 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6716 do_cleanups (inner2);
6717 }
6718 }
6719 }
6720 }
6721
6722 static int
6723 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6724 {
6725 int print_address_bits = 0;
6726 struct bp_location *loc;
6727
6728 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6729 address to print. */
6730 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6731 return 0;
6732
6733 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6734 {
6735 int addr_bit;
6736
6737 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6738 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6739 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6740 }
6741
6742 return print_address_bits;
6743 }
6744
6745 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6746 {
6747 int bnum;
6748 };
6749
6750 static int
6751 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6752 {
6753 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args
6754 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *) data;
6755 struct breakpoint *b;
6756 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6757
6758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6759 {
6760 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6761 {
6762 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6763 return GDB_RC_OK;
6764 }
6765 }
6766 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6767 }
6768
6769 enum gdb_rc
6770 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6771 char **error_message)
6772 {
6773 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6774
6775 args.bnum = bnum;
6776 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6777 an error. */
6778 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6779 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6780 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6781 else
6782 return GDB_RC_OK;
6783 }
6784
6785 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6786 internal or momentary. */
6787
6788 int
6789 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6790 {
6791 return b->number > 0;
6792 }
6793
6794 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6795 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6796 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6797 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6798 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6799 breakpoints listed. */
6800
6801 static int
6802 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6803 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6804 {
6805 struct breakpoint *b;
6806 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6807 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6808 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6809 struct value_print_options opts;
6810 int print_address_bits = 0;
6811 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6812 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6813
6814 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6815
6816 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6817 required for address fields. */
6818 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6820 {
6821 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6822 if (filter && !filter (b))
6823 continue;
6824
6825 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6826 accept. Skip the others. */
6827 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6828 {
6829 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6830 continue;
6831 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6832 continue;
6833 }
6834
6835 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6836 {
6837 int addr_bit, type_len;
6838
6839 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6840 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6841 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6842
6843 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6844 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6845 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6846
6847 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6848 }
6849 }
6850
6851 if (opts.addressprint)
6852 bkpttbl_chain
6853 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6854 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6855 "BreakpointTable");
6856 else
6857 bkpttbl_chain
6858 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6859 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6860 "BreakpointTable");
6861
6862 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6863 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6865 annotate_field (0);
6866 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6867 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6868 annotate_field (1);
6869 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6870 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6872 annotate_field (2);
6873 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6875 annotate_field (3);
6876 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6877 if (opts.addressprint)
6878 {
6879 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6880 annotate_field (4);
6881 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6882 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6883 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6884 else
6885 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6886 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6887 }
6888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6889 annotate_field (5);
6890 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6891 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6892 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6893 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6894
6895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6896 {
6897 QUIT;
6898 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6899 if (filter && !filter (b))
6900 continue;
6901
6902 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6903 accept. Skip the others. */
6904
6905 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6906 {
6907 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6908 {
6909 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6910 continue;
6911 }
6912 else /* all others */
6913 {
6914 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6915 continue;
6916 }
6917 }
6918 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6919 allflag is set. */
6920 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6921 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6922 }
6923
6924 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6925
6926 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6927 {
6928 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6929 empty list. */
6930 if (!filter)
6931 {
6932 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6933 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6934 else
6935 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6936 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6937 args);
6938 }
6939 }
6940 else
6941 {
6942 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6943 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6944 }
6945
6946 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6947 there have been breakpoints? */
6948 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6949
6950 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6951 }
6952
6953 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6954 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6955
6956 static void
6957 default_collect_info (void)
6958 {
6959 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6960
6961 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6962 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6963 not wanted. */
6964 if (!*default_collect)
6965 return;
6966
6967 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6968 actions. */
6969 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6971 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6972 }
6973
6974 static void
6975 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6976 {
6977 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6978
6979 default_collect_info ();
6980 }
6981
6982 static void
6983 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6984 {
6985 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6987
6988 if (num_printed == 0)
6989 {
6990 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6991 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6992 else
6993 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6994 }
6995 }
6996
6997 static void
6998 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6999 {
7000 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
7001
7002 default_collect_info ();
7003 }
7004
7005 static int
7006 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
7007 struct program_space *pspace,
7008 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
7009 {
7010 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
7011
7012 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
7013 {
7014 if (bl->pspace == pspace
7015 && bl->address == pc
7016 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
7017 return 1;
7018 }
7019 return 0;
7020 }
7021
7022 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7023 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7024 address spaces. */
7025
7026 static void
7027 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7028 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
7029 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
7030 {
7031 int others = 0;
7032 struct breakpoint *b;
7033
7034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7035 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
7036 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
7037 if (others > 0)
7038 {
7039 if (others == 1)
7040 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7041 else /* if (others == ???) */
7042 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7044 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
7045 {
7046 others--;
7047 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
7048 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
7049 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7050 else if (b->thread != -1)
7051 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
7052 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7053 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
7054 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7055 ? " (disabled)"
7056 : ""),
7057 (others > 1) ? ","
7058 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
7059 }
7060 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7061 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
7062 printf_filtered (".\n");
7063 }
7064 }
7065 \f
7066
7067 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7068 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7069 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7070 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7071
7072 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7073 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7074 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7075 breakpoint location at address zero:
7076
7077 bp_watchpoint
7078 bp_catchpoint
7079
7080 */
7081
7082 static int
7083 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7084 {
7085 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
7086
7087 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
7088 }
7089
7090 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7091 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7092
7093 static int
7094 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7095 struct bp_location *loc2)
7096 {
7097 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
7098 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
7099
7100 /* Both of them must exist. */
7101 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7102 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7103
7104 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7105 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7106 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7107 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7108 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7109 other watchpoint. */
7110 if ((w1->cond_exp
7111 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7112 loc1->length,
7113 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7114 w1->cond_exp))
7115 || (w2->cond_exp
7116 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7117 loc2->length,
7118 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7119 w2->cond_exp)))
7120 return 0;
7121
7122 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7123 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7124 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7125 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7126 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7127 become hw_access locations later. */
7128 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7129 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7130 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7131 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7132 }
7133
7134 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7135
7136 int
7137 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7138 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7139 {
7140 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7141 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7142 && addr1 == addr2);
7143 }
7144
7145 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7146 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7147 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7148 space doesn't really matter. */
7149
7150 static int
7151 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7152 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7153 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7154 {
7155 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7156 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7157 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7161 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7162 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7163 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7164
7165 static int
7166 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7167 struct address_space *aspace,
7168 CORE_ADDR addr)
7169 {
7170 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7171 aspace, addr)
7172 || (bl->length
7173 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7174 bl->address, bl->length,
7175 aspace, addr)));
7176 }
7177
7178 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7179 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7180 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7181 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7182 doesn't really matter. */
7183
7184 static int
7185 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
7186 struct address_space *aspace,
7187 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
7188 {
7189 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7190 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
7191 {
7192 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
7193
7194 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
7195 return 1;
7196 }
7197 return 0;
7198 }
7199
7200 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7201 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7202 true, otherwise returns false. */
7203
7204 static int
7205 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7206 struct bp_location *loc2)
7207 {
7208 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7209 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7210 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7211 different locations. */
7212 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7213 else
7214 return 0;
7215 }
7216
7217 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7218 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7219 represent the same location. */
7220
7221 static int
7222 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7223 struct bp_location *loc2)
7224 {
7225 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7226
7227 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7228 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7229 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7230
7231 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7232 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7233
7234 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7235 return 0;
7236 else if (hw_point1)
7237 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7238 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7239 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7240 else
7241 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7242 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7243 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7244 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7245 }
7246
7247 static void
7248 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7249 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7250 {
7251 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7252 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7253 char astr1[64];
7254 char astr2[64];
7255
7256 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7257 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7258 if (have_bnum)
7259 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7260 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7261 else
7262 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7263 }
7264
7265 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7266 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7267 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7268 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7269
7270 static CORE_ADDR
7271 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7272 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7273 {
7274 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7275 {
7276 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7277 return bpaddr;
7278 }
7279 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7280 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7281 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7282 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7283 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7284 {
7285 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7286 have their addresses modified. */
7287 return bpaddr;
7288 }
7289 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7290 {
7291 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7292 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7293 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7294 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7295 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7296 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7297 return bpaddr;
7298 }
7299 else
7300 {
7301 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7302
7303 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7304 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7305 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7306
7307 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7308 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7309 is required. */
7310 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7311 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7312
7313 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7314 }
7315 }
7316
7317 void
7318 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7319 struct breakpoint *owner)
7320 {
7321 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7322
7323 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7324
7325 loc->ops = ops;
7326 loc->owner = owner;
7327 loc->cond = NULL;
7328 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7329 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7330 loc->enabled = 1;
7331
7332 switch (owner->type)
7333 {
7334 case bp_breakpoint:
7335 case bp_single_step:
7336 case bp_until:
7337 case bp_finish:
7338 case bp_longjmp:
7339 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7340 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7341 case bp_exception:
7342 case bp_exception_resume:
7343 case bp_step_resume:
7344 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7345 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7346 case bp_call_dummy:
7347 case bp_std_terminate:
7348 case bp_shlib_event:
7349 case bp_thread_event:
7350 case bp_overlay_event:
7351 case bp_jit_event:
7352 case bp_longjmp_master:
7353 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7354 case bp_exception_master:
7355 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7356 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7357 case bp_dprintf:
7358 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7359 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7360 break;
7361 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7362 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7363 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7364 break;
7365 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7366 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7367 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7368 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7369 break;
7370 case bp_watchpoint:
7371 case bp_catchpoint:
7372 case bp_tracepoint:
7373 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7374 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7375 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7376 break;
7377 default:
7378 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7379 }
7380
7381 loc->refc = 1;
7382 }
7383
7384 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7385
7386 static struct bp_location *
7387 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7388 {
7389 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7390 }
7391
7392 static void
7393 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7394 {
7395 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7396 xfree (loc);
7397 }
7398
7399 /* Increment reference count. */
7400
7401 static void
7402 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7403 {
7404 ++bl->refc;
7405 }
7406
7407 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7408 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7409
7410 static void
7411 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7412 {
7413 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7414
7415 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7416 free_bp_location (*blp);
7417 *blp = NULL;
7418 }
7419
7420 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7421
7422 static void
7423 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7424 {
7425 struct breakpoint *b1;
7426
7427 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7428 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7429
7430 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7431 if (b1 == 0)
7432 breakpoint_chain = b;
7433 else
7434 {
7435 while (b1->next)
7436 b1 = b1->next;
7437 b1->next = b;
7438 }
7439 }
7440
7441 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7442
7443 static void
7444 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7445 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7446 enum bptype bptype,
7447 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7448 {
7449 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7450
7451 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7452
7453 b->ops = ops;
7454 b->type = bptype;
7455 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7456 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7457 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7458 b->thread = -1;
7459 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7460 b->next = 0;
7461 b->silent = 0;
7462 b->ignore_count = 0;
7463 b->commands = NULL;
7464 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7465 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7466 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7467 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7468 b->location = NULL;
7469 }
7470
7471 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7472 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7473
7474 static struct breakpoint *
7475 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7476 enum bptype bptype,
7477 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7478 {
7479 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7480
7481 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7482 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7483 return b;
7484 }
7485
7486 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7487 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7488 enough. */
7489
7490 static void
7491 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7492 {
7493 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7494
7495 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7496 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7497 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7498 {
7499 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7500 const char *function_name;
7501 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7502
7503 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7504 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7505
7506 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7507 {
7508 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7509
7510 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7511 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7512 &loc->requested_address))
7513 {
7514 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7515 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7516 loc->requested_address,
7517 b->type);
7518 }
7519 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7520 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7521 {
7522 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7523 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7524 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7525 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7526 breakpoint. */
7527 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7528 }
7529 }
7530
7531 if (function_name)
7532 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7533 }
7534 }
7535
7536 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7537 struct gdbarch *
7538 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7539 {
7540 if (sal.section)
7541 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7542 if (sal.symtab)
7543 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7544
7545 return NULL;
7546 }
7547
7548 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7549 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7550 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7551
7552 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7553 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7554 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7555
7556 static void
7557 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7558 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7559 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7560 {
7561 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7562
7563 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7564
7565 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7566 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7567
7568 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7569 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7570 program space. */
7571 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7572 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7573 }
7574
7575 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7576 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7577 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7578 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7579 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7580 is also returned as the value of this function.
7581
7582 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7583 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7584 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7585 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7586 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7587 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7588 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7589
7590 struct breakpoint *
7591 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7592 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7593 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7594 {
7595 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7596
7597 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7598 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7599 return b;
7600 }
7601
7602 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7603 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7604 initiated the operation. */
7605
7606 void
7607 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7608 {
7609 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7610 int thread = tp->global_num;
7611
7612 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7613 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7614 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7615 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7617 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7618 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7619 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7620 {
7621 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7622 struct breakpoint *clone;
7623
7624 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7625 after their removal. */
7626 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7627 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7628 clone->thread = thread;
7629 }
7630
7631 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7632 }
7633
7634 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7635 void
7636 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7637 {
7638 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7639
7640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7641 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7642 {
7643 if (b->thread == thread)
7644 delete_breakpoint (b);
7645 }
7646 }
7647
7648 void
7649 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7650 {
7651 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7652
7653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7654 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7655 {
7656 if (b->thread == thread)
7657 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7658 }
7659 }
7660
7661 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7662 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7663 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7664 breakpoints. */
7665
7666 struct breakpoint *
7667 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7668 {
7669 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7670
7671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7672 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7673 {
7674 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7675
7676 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7677 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7678 1);
7679 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7680
7681 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7682
7683 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7684 if (retval == NULL)
7685 retval = new_b;
7686 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7687 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7688 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7689 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7690 }
7691
7692 return retval;
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7696 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7697 stack.
7698
7699 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7700 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7701 frames. */
7702
7703 void
7704 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7705 {
7706 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7707
7708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7709 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7710 {
7711 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7712
7713 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7714 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7715 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7716 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7717 continue;
7718
7719 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7720
7721 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7722 {
7723 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7724 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7725 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7726 }
7727 delete_breakpoint (b);
7728 }
7729 }
7730
7731 void
7732 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7733 {
7734 struct breakpoint *b;
7735
7736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7737 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7738 {
7739 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7740 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7741 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7742 }
7743 }
7744
7745 void
7746 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7747 {
7748 struct breakpoint *b;
7749
7750 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7751 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7752 {
7753 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7754 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7755 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7756 }
7757 }
7758
7759 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7760 master breakpoint. */
7761 void
7762 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7763 {
7764 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7765
7766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7767 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7768 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7769 {
7770 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7771 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7772 }
7773 }
7774
7775 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7776 void
7777 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7778 {
7779 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7780
7781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7782 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7783 delete_breakpoint (b);
7784 }
7785
7786 struct breakpoint *
7787 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7788 {
7789 struct breakpoint *b;
7790
7791 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7792 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7793
7794 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7795 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7796 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7797
7798 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7799
7800 return b;
7801 }
7802
7803 struct lang_and_radix
7804 {
7805 enum language lang;
7806 int radix;
7807 };
7808
7809 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7810
7811 struct breakpoint *
7812 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7813 {
7814 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7815 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7816 }
7817
7818 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7819
7820 void
7821 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7822 {
7823 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7824
7825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7826 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7827 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7828 delete_breakpoint (b);
7829 }
7830
7831 void
7832 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7833 {
7834 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7835
7836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7837 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7838 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7839 delete_breakpoint (b);
7840 }
7841
7842 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7843
7844 void
7845 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7846 {
7847 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7848
7849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7850 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7851 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7852 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7853 }
7854
7855 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7856 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7857 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7858
7859 static struct breakpoint *
7860 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7861 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7862 {
7863 struct breakpoint *b;
7864
7865 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7866 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7867 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7868 return b;
7869 }
7870
7871 struct breakpoint *
7872 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7873 {
7874 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7875 }
7876
7877 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7878
7879 struct breakpoint *
7880 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7881 {
7882 struct breakpoint *b;
7883
7884 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7885 locations. */
7886 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7887 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7888 {
7889 delete_breakpoint (b);
7890 return NULL;
7891 }
7892 return b;
7893 }
7894
7895 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7896 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7897
7898 void
7899 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7900 {
7901 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7902
7903 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7904 {
7905 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7906 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7907
7908 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7909 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7910 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7911 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7912 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7913 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7914 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7915 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7916 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7917 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7918 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7919 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7920 )
7921 {
7922 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7923 }
7924 }
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7928 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7929 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7930
7931 static void
7932 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7933 {
7934 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7935 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7936
7937 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7938 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7939 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7940 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7941 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7942 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7943 return;
7944
7945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7946 {
7947 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7948 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7949
7950 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7951 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7952 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7953 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7954 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7955 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7956 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7957 || is_tracepoint (b))
7958 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7959 {
7960 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7961 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7962 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7963 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7964 loc->inserted = 0;
7965
7966 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7968
7969 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7970 {
7971 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7972 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7973 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7974 solib->so_name);
7975 }
7976 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7977 }
7978 }
7979 }
7980
7981 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7982 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7983 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7984
7985 static void
7986 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7987 {
7988 struct breakpoint *b;
7989
7990 if (objfile == NULL)
7991 return;
7992
7993 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7994 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7995 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7996 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7997 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7998 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7999 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8000 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8001 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8002 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8003 main objfile). */
8004 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
8005 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
8006 return;
8007
8008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8009 {
8010 struct bp_location *loc;
8011 int bp_modified = 0;
8012
8013 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
8014 continue;
8015
8016 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
8017 {
8018 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
8019
8020 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8021 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8022 continue;
8023
8024 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
8025 continue;
8026
8027 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
8028 continue;
8029
8030 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8031 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8032 continue;
8033
8034 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
8035 {
8036 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
8037 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8038 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8039 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8040 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8041 unmapped. */
8042
8043 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
8044
8045 bp_modified = 1;
8046 }
8047 }
8048
8049 if (bp_modified)
8050 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
8051 }
8052 }
8053
8054 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8055
8056 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8057 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8058 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8059 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8060 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8061
8062 struct fork_catchpoint
8063 {
8064 /* The base class. */
8065 struct breakpoint base;
8066
8067 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8068 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8069 catchpoint has triggered. */
8070 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
8071 };
8072
8073 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8074 catchpoints. */
8075
8076 static int
8077 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8078 {
8079 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8080 }
8081
8082 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8083 catchpoints. */
8084
8085 static int
8086 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8087 {
8088 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8089 }
8090
8091 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8092 catchpoints. */
8093
8094 static int
8095 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8096 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8097 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8098 {
8099 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8100
8101 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8102 return 0;
8103
8104 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8105 return 1;
8106 }
8107
8108 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8109 catchpoints. */
8110
8111 static enum print_stop_action
8112 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8113 {
8114 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8115 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8116 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8117
8118 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8119 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8120 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8121 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8122 else
8123 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8124 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8125 {
8126 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8127 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8129 }
8130 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8131 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8132 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8133 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8134 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8135 }
8136
8137 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8138 catchpoints. */
8139
8140 static void
8141 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8142 {
8143 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8144 struct value_print_options opts;
8145 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8146
8147 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8148
8149 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8150 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8151 readable). */
8152 if (opts.addressprint)
8153 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8154 annotate_field (5);
8155 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8156 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8157 {
8158 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8159 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8160 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8161 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8162 }
8163
8164 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8165 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8166 }
8167
8168 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8169 catchpoints. */
8170
8171 static void
8172 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8173 {
8174 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8175 }
8176
8177 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8178 catchpoints. */
8179
8180 static void
8181 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8182 {
8183 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8184 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8185 }
8186
8187 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8188
8189 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8190
8191 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8192 catchpoints. */
8193
8194 static int
8195 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8196 {
8197 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8201 catchpoints. */
8202
8203 static int
8204 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8205 {
8206 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8207 }
8208
8209 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8210 catchpoints. */
8211
8212 static int
8213 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8214 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8215 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8216 {
8217 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8218
8219 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8220 return 0;
8221
8222 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8223 return 1;
8224 }
8225
8226 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8227 catchpoints. */
8228
8229 static enum print_stop_action
8230 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8231 {
8232 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8233 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8234 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8235
8236 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8237 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8238 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8239 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8240 else
8241 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8242 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8243 {
8244 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8245 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 }
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8249 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8250 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8251 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8253 }
8254
8255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8256 catchpoints. */
8257
8258 static void
8259 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8260 {
8261 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8262 struct value_print_options opts;
8263 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8264
8265 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8268 readable). */
8269 if (opts.addressprint)
8270 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8271 annotate_field (5);
8272 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8273 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8274 {
8275 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8276 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8277 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8278 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8279 }
8280
8281 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8282 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8283 }
8284
8285 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8286 catchpoints. */
8287
8288 static void
8289 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8290 {
8291 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8292 }
8293
8294 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8295 catchpoints. */
8296
8297 static void
8298 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8299 {
8300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8301 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8302 }
8303
8304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8305
8306 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8307
8308 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8309 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8310 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8311 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8312 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8313
8314 struct solib_catchpoint
8315 {
8316 /* The base class. */
8317 struct breakpoint base;
8318
8319 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8320 unsigned char is_load;
8321
8322 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8323 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8324 char *regex;
8325 regex_t compiled;
8326 };
8327
8328 static void
8329 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8330 {
8331 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8332
8333 if (self->regex)
8334 regfree (&self->compiled);
8335 xfree (self->regex);
8336
8337 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8338 }
8339
8340 static int
8341 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8342 {
8343 return 0;
8344 }
8345
8346 static int
8347 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8348 {
8349 return 0;
8350 }
8351
8352 static int
8353 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8354 struct address_space *aspace,
8355 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8356 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8357 {
8358 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8359 struct breakpoint *other;
8360
8361 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8362 return 1;
8363
8364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8365 {
8366 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8367
8368 if (other == bl->owner)
8369 continue;
8370
8371 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8372 continue;
8373
8374 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8375 continue;
8376
8377 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8378 {
8379 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8380 return 1;
8381 }
8382 }
8383
8384 return 0;
8385 }
8386
8387 static void
8388 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8389 {
8390 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8391 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8392 int ix;
8393
8394 if (self->is_load)
8395 {
8396 struct so_list *iter;
8397
8398 for (ix = 0;
8399 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8400 ix, iter);
8401 ++ix)
8402 {
8403 if (!self->regex
8404 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8405 return;
8406 }
8407 }
8408 else
8409 {
8410 char *iter;
8411
8412 for (ix = 0;
8413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8414 ix, iter);
8415 ++ix)
8416 {
8417 if (!self->regex
8418 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8419 return;
8420 }
8421 }
8422
8423 bs->stop = 0;
8424 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8425 }
8426
8427 static enum print_stop_action
8428 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8429 {
8430 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8431 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8432
8433 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8434 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8435 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8436 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8437 else
8438 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8439 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8441 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8443 print_solib_event (1);
8444 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8445 }
8446
8447 static void
8448 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8449 {
8450 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8451 struct value_print_options opts;
8452 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8453 char *msg;
8454
8455 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8456 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8457 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8458 readable). */
8459 if (opts.addressprint)
8460 {
8461 annotate_field (4);
8462 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8463 }
8464
8465 annotate_field (5);
8466 if (self->is_load)
8467 {
8468 if (self->regex)
8469 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8470 else
8471 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8472 }
8473 else
8474 {
8475 if (self->regex)
8476 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8477 else
8478 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8479 }
8480 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8481 xfree (msg);
8482
8483 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8484 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8485 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8486 }
8487
8488 static void
8489 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8490 {
8491 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8492
8493 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8494 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8495 }
8496
8497 static void
8498 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8499 {
8500 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8501
8502 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8503 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8504 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8505 if (self->regex)
8506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8508 }
8509
8510 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8511
8512 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8513 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8514 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8515 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8516 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8517 created in an enabled state. */
8518
8519 void
8520 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8521 {
8522 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8523 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8524 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8525
8526 if (!arg)
8527 arg = "";
8528 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8529
8530 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8531 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8532
8533 if (*arg != '\0')
8534 {
8535 int errcode;
8536
8537 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8538 if (errcode != 0)
8539 {
8540 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8541
8542 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8543 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8544 }
8545 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8546 }
8547
8548 c->is_load = is_load;
8549 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8550 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8551
8552 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8553
8554 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8555 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8556 }
8557
8558 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8559 "catch unload". */
8560
8561 static void
8562 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8563 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8564 {
8565 int tempflag;
8566 const int enabled = 1;
8567
8568 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8569
8570 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8571 }
8572
8573 static void
8574 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8575 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8576 {
8577 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8578 }
8579
8580 static void
8581 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8582 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8583 {
8584 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8585 }
8586
8587 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8588 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8589 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8590 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8591
8592 void
8593 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8594 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8595 char *cond_string,
8596 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8597 {
8598 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8599
8600 init_sal (&sal);
8601 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8602
8603 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8604
8605 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8606 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8607 }
8608
8609 void
8610 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8611 {
8612 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8613 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8614 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8615 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8616 if (!internal)
8617 mention (b);
8618 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8619
8620 if (update_gll)
8621 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8622 }
8623
8624 static void
8625 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8626 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8627 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8628 {
8629 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8630
8631 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8632
8633 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8634
8635 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8636 }
8637
8638 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8639
8640 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8641 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8642 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8643 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8644 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8645
8646 struct exec_catchpoint
8647 {
8648 /* The base class. */
8649 struct breakpoint base;
8650
8651 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8652 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8653 triggered. */
8654 char *exec_pathname;
8655 };
8656
8657 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8658 catchpoints. */
8659
8660 static void
8661 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8662 {
8663 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8664
8665 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8666
8667 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8668 }
8669
8670 static int
8671 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8672 {
8673 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8674 }
8675
8676 static int
8677 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8678 {
8679 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8680 }
8681
8682 static int
8683 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8684 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8685 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8686 {
8687 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8688
8689 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8690 return 0;
8691
8692 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8693 return 1;
8694 }
8695
8696 static enum print_stop_action
8697 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8698 {
8699 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8700 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8701 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8702
8703 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8704 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8705 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8706 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8707 else
8708 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8710 {
8711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8714 }
8715 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8716 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8717 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8718 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8719
8720 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8721 }
8722
8723 static void
8724 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8725 {
8726 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8727 struct value_print_options opts;
8728 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8729
8730 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8731
8732 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8733 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8734 is relatively readable). */
8735 if (opts.addressprint)
8736 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8737 annotate_field (5);
8738 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8739 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8740 {
8741 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8743 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8744 }
8745
8746 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8747 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8748 }
8749
8750 static void
8751 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8752 {
8753 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8754 }
8755
8756 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8757 catchpoints. */
8758
8759 static void
8760 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8761 {
8762 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8763 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8764 }
8765
8766 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8767
8768 static int
8769 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8770 {
8771 int i = 0;
8772 struct breakpoint *b;
8773 struct bp_location *bl;
8774
8775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8776 {
8777 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8778 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8779 {
8780 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8781 one register. */
8782 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8783 }
8784 }
8785
8786 return i;
8787 }
8788
8789 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8790 watchpoint. */
8791
8792 static int
8793 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8794 {
8795 int i = 0;
8796 struct bp_location *bl;
8797
8798 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8799 return 0;
8800
8801 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8802 {
8803 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8804 one register. */
8805 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8806 }
8807
8808 return i;
8809 }
8810
8811 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8812 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8813 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8814 types _not_ TYPE. */
8815
8816 static int
8817 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8818 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8819 {
8820 int i = 0;
8821 struct breakpoint *b;
8822
8823 *other_type_used = 0;
8824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8825 {
8826 if (b == except)
8827 continue;
8828 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8829 continue;
8830
8831 if (b->type == type)
8832 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8833 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8834 *other_type_used = 1;
8835 }
8836
8837 return i;
8838 }
8839
8840 void
8841 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8842 {
8843 struct breakpoint *b;
8844
8845 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8846 {
8847 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8848 {
8849 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8851 }
8852 }
8853 }
8854
8855 void
8856 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8857 {
8858 struct breakpoint *b;
8859
8860 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8861 {
8862 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8863 {
8864 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8865 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8866 }
8867 }
8868 }
8869
8870 void
8871 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8872 {
8873 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8874 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8875 }
8876
8877 void
8878 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8879 {
8880 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8881 breakpoint_re_set ();
8882 }
8883
8884 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8885 locations. */
8886
8887 static struct breakpoint *
8888 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8889 {
8890 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8891
8892 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8893 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8894
8895 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8896 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8897
8898 b->thread = thread;
8899 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8900
8901 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8902
8903 return b;
8904 }
8905
8906 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8907 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8908 frame. */
8909
8910 struct breakpoint *
8911 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8912 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8913 {
8914 struct breakpoint *b;
8915
8916 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8917 tail-called one. */
8918 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8919
8920 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8921 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8922 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8923 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8924
8925 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8926 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8927 control. */
8928 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8929 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8930
8931 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8932
8933 return b;
8934 }
8935
8936 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8937 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8938 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8939
8940 static struct breakpoint *
8941 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8942 enum bptype type,
8943 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8944 int loc_enabled)
8945 {
8946 struct breakpoint *copy;
8947
8948 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8949 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8950 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8951
8952 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8953 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8954 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8955 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8956 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8957 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8958 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8959 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8960 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8961 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8962 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8963 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8964
8965 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8966 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8967 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8968
8969 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8970 return copy;
8971 }
8972
8973 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8974 ORIG is NULL. */
8975
8976 struct breakpoint *
8977 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8978 {
8979 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8980 if (orig == NULL)
8981 return NULL;
8982
8983 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8984 }
8985
8986 struct breakpoint *
8987 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8988 enum bptype type)
8989 {
8990 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8991
8992 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8993 sal.pc = pc;
8994 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8995 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8996
8997 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8998 }
8999 \f
9000
9001 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9002
9003 static void
9004 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9005 {
9006 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9007 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9008 return;
9009 printf_filtered ("\n");
9010 }
9011 \f
9012
9013 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9014
9015 static struct bp_location *
9016 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9017 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9018 {
9019 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9020 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9021 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9022
9023 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9024 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9025
9026 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9027 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9028 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9029 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9030 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9031 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9032 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9033 sal->pc, b->type);
9034
9035 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9036 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9037 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9038 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9039 ;
9040 loc->next = *tmp;
9041 *tmp = loc;
9042
9043 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9044 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9045 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9046 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9047 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9048 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9049 loc->section = sal->section;
9050 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9051 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9052 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9053
9054 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9055 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9056
9057 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9058 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9059 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9060 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9061 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9062 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9063 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9064 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9065 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9066 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9067 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9068 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9069 instruction.) */
9070 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9071 loc->permanent = 1;
9072
9073 return loc;
9074 }
9075 \f
9076
9077 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9078
9079 int
9080 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
9081 {
9082 int len;
9083 CORE_ADDR addr;
9084 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9085 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9086 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9087 int retval = 0;
9088
9089 addr = address;
9090 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9091
9092 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9093 if (bpoint == NULL)
9094 return 0;
9095
9096 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
9097
9098 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9099 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9100 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9101 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9102
9103 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
9104 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9105 retval = 1;
9106
9107 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9108
9109 return retval;
9110 }
9111
9112 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9113 return 0 otherwise. */
9114
9115 static int
9116 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9117 {
9118 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9119 int retval;
9120
9121 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9122
9123 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9124 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9125 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9126 memory. */
9127 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
9128 return 0;
9129
9130 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9131 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9132
9133 retval = program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
9134
9135 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9136
9137 return retval;
9138 }
9139
9140 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9141 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9142
9143 static void
9144 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9145 {
9146 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9147 char *printf_line = NULL;
9148
9149 if (!dprintf_args)
9150 return;
9151
9152 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9153
9154 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9155 insist on it. */
9156 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9157 ++dprintf_args;
9158 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9159
9160 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9161 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9162
9163 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9164 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9165 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9166 {
9167 if (!dprintf_function)
9168 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9169
9170 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9171 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9172 dprintf_function,
9173 dprintf_channel,
9174 dprintf_args);
9175 else
9176 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9177 dprintf_function,
9178 dprintf_args);
9179 }
9180 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9181 {
9182 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9183 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9184 else
9185 {
9186 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9187 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9188 }
9189 }
9190 else
9191 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9192 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9193
9194 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9195 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9196 {
9197 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
9198
9199 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9200 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9201 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9202 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9203 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9204
9205 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9206 }
9207 }
9208
9209 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9210 current style settings. */
9211
9212 static void
9213 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9214 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9215 {
9216 struct breakpoint *b;
9217
9218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9219 {
9220 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9221 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9222 }
9223 }
9224
9225 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9226 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9227 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9228 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9229
9230 static void
9231 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9232 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9233 struct event_location *location,
9234 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9235 char *extra_string,
9236 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9237 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9238 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9239 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9240 int display_canonical)
9241 {
9242 int i;
9243
9244 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9245 {
9246 int target_resources_ok;
9247
9248 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9249 target_resources_ok =
9250 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9251 i + 1, 0);
9252 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9253 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9254 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9255 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9256 }
9257
9258 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9259
9260 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9261 {
9262 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9263 struct bp_location *loc;
9264
9265 if (from_tty)
9266 {
9267 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9268 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9269 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9270
9271 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9272 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9273 }
9274
9275 if (i == 0)
9276 {
9277 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9278 b->thread = thread;
9279 b->task = task;
9280
9281 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9282 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9283 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9284 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9285 b->disposition = disposition;
9286
9287 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9288 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9289
9290 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9291 {
9292 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9293 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9294
9295 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9296 {
9297 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9298 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9299 const char *p = &event_location_to_string (b->location)[3];
9300 const char *endp;
9301 char *marker_str;
9302
9303 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9304
9305 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9306
9307 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9308 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9309
9310 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9311 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9312 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9313 }
9314 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9315 {
9316 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9317 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9318
9319 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9320 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9321 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9322 }
9323 else
9324 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9325 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9326 }
9327
9328 loc = b->loc;
9329 }
9330 else
9331 {
9332 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9333 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9334 loc->inserted = 1;
9335 }
9336
9337 if (b->cond_string)
9338 {
9339 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9340
9341 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9342 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9343 if (*arg)
9344 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9345 }
9346
9347 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9348 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9349 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9350 {
9351 if (b->extra_string)
9352 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9353 else
9354 error (_("Format string required"));
9355 }
9356 else if (b->extra_string)
9357 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9358 }
9359
9360 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9361 if (location != NULL)
9362 b->location = location;
9363 else
9364 {
9365 const char *addr_string = NULL;
9366 int addr_string_len = 0;
9367
9368 if (location != NULL)
9369 addr_string = event_location_to_string (location);
9370 if (addr_string != NULL)
9371 addr_string_len = strlen (addr_string);
9372
9373 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address,
9374 addr_string, addr_string_len);
9375 }
9376 b->filter = filter;
9377 }
9378
9379 static void
9380 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9382 struct event_location *location,
9383 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9384 char *extra_string,
9385 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9386 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9387 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9388 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9389 int display_canonical)
9390 {
9391 struct breakpoint *b;
9392 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9393
9394 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9395 {
9396 struct tracepoint *t;
9397
9398 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9399 b = &t->base;
9400 }
9401 else
9402 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9403
9404 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9405
9406 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9407 sals, location,
9408 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9409 type, disposition,
9410 thread, task, ignore_count,
9411 ops, from_tty,
9412 enabled, internal, flags,
9413 display_canonical);
9414 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9415
9416 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9417 }
9418
9419 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9420 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9421 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9422 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9423 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9424 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9425 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9426 we take just a single condition string.
9427
9428 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9429 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9430 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9431 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9432 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9433
9434 static void
9435 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9436 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9437 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9438 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9439 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9440 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9441 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9442 {
9443 int i;
9444 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9445
9446 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9447 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9448
9449 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9450 {
9451 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9452 'break', without arguments. */
9453 struct event_location *location
9454 = (canonical->location != NULL
9455 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location) : NULL);
9456 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9457 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9458
9459 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9460 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9461 location,
9462 filter_string,
9463 cond_string, extra_string,
9464 type, disposition,
9465 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9466 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9467 canonical->special_display);
9468 discard_cleanups (inner);
9469 }
9470 }
9471
9472 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9473 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9474 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9475 linespec locations).
9476
9477 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9478 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9479
9480 static void
9481 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9482 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9483 {
9484 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9485
9486 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9487 {
9488 const char *address = get_linespec_location (location);
9489
9490 if (address == NULL)
9491 {
9492 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9493 breakpoint address. */
9494 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9495 {
9496 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9497 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9498 CORE_ADDR pc;
9499
9500 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9501 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9502
9503 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9504 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9505 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9506 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9507 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9508 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9509 pc = sal.pc;
9510 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9511
9512 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9513 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9514 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9515 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9516 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9517 sal.pc = pc;
9518 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9519
9520 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9521 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9522 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9523
9524 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9525 return;
9526 }
9527 else
9528 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9529 }
9530 }
9531
9532 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9533 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9534 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9535 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9536
9537 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9538 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9539 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9540 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9541 {
9542 const char *address = NULL;
9543
9544 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9545 address = get_linespec_location (location);
9546
9547 if (!cursal.symtab
9548 || (address != NULL
9549 && strchr ("+-", address[0]) != NULL
9550 && address[1] != '['))
9551 {
9552 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9553 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9554 get_last_displayed_line (),
9555 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9556 return;
9557 }
9558 }
9559
9560 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9561 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9562 }
9563
9564
9565 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9566 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9567
9568 static void
9569 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9570 {
9571 int i;
9572
9573 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9574 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9575 }
9576
9577 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9578 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9579 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9580 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9581 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9582 it, etc. */
9583
9584 static void
9585 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9586 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9587 {
9588 int i, rslt;
9589 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9590 char *msg;
9591 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9592
9593 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9594 {
9595 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9596
9597 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9598
9599 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9600 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9601 associated with SAL. */
9602 if (sarch == NULL)
9603 sarch = gdbarch;
9604 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, &msg);
9605 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9606
9607 if (!rslt)
9608 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9609 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9610
9611 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9612 }
9613 }
9614
9615 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9616 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9617 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9618 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9619 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9620 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9621
9622 static void
9623 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9624 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9625 char **rest)
9626 {
9627 *cond_string = NULL;
9628 *thread = -1;
9629 *task = 0;
9630 *rest = NULL;
9631
9632 while (tok && *tok)
9633 {
9634 const char *end_tok;
9635 int toklen;
9636 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9637 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9638
9639 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9640
9641 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9642 {
9643 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9644 return;
9645 }
9646
9647 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9648
9649 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9650
9651 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9652 {
9653 struct expression *expr;
9654
9655 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9656 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9657 xfree (expr);
9658 cond_end = tok;
9659 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9660 }
9661 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9662 {
9663 const char *tmptok;
9664 struct thread_info *thr;
9665
9666 tok = end_tok + 1;
9667 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9668 if (tok == tmptok)
9669 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9670 *thread = thr->global_num;
9671 tok = tmptok;
9672 }
9673 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9674 {
9675 char *tmptok;
9676
9677 tok = end_tok + 1;
9678 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9679 if (tok == tmptok)
9680 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9681 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9682 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9683 tok = tmptok;
9684 }
9685 else if (rest)
9686 {
9687 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9688 return;
9689 }
9690 else
9691 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9692 }
9693 }
9694
9695 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9696
9697 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9698 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9699 {
9700 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9701 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9702 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9703 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9704 const char *endp;
9705 char *marker_str;
9706 int i;
9707
9708 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9709
9710 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9711
9712 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9713 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9714
9715 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9716 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9717 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9718
9719 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9720 sals.sals = XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line, sals.nelts);
9721
9722 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9723 {
9724 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9725
9726 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9727
9728 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9729
9730 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9731 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9732
9733 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9734 }
9735
9736 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9737
9738 *arg_p = endp;
9739 return sals;
9740 }
9741
9742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9743
9744 int
9745 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9746 const struct event_location *location, char *cond_string,
9747 int thread, char *extra_string,
9748 int parse_extra,
9749 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9750 int ignore_count,
9751 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9752 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9753 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9754 unsigned flags)
9755 {
9756 struct linespec_result canonical;
9757 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9758 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9759 int pending = 0;
9760 int task = 0;
9761 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9762
9763 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9764
9765 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9766 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9767 extra_string = NULL;
9768
9769 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9770
9771 TRY
9772 {
9773 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9774 }
9775 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9776 {
9777 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9778 value. */
9779 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9780 {
9781 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9782 error. */
9783
9784 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9785 throw_exception (e);
9786
9787 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9788
9789 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9790 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9791 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9792 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9793 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9794 return 0;
9795
9796 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9797 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9798 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9799 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9800 pending = 1;
9801 }
9802 else
9803 throw_exception (e);
9804 }
9805 END_CATCH
9806
9807 if (!pending && VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9808 return 0;
9809
9810 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9811 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9812
9813 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9814 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9815 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9816 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9817 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9818
9819 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9820 are ok for the target. */
9821 if (!pending)
9822 {
9823 int ix;
9824 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9825
9826 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9827 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9828 }
9829
9830 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9831 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9832 {
9833 int ix;
9834 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9835
9836 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9837 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9838 }
9839
9840 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9841 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9842 breakpoint. */
9843 if (!pending)
9844 {
9845 if (parse_extra)
9846 {
9847 char *rest;
9848 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9849
9850 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9851
9852 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9853 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9854 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9855 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9856
9857 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc,
9858 &cond_string, &thread, &task, &rest);
9859 if (cond_string)
9860 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9861 if (rest)
9862 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9863 if (rest)
9864 extra_string = rest;
9865 else
9866 extra_string = NULL;
9867 }
9868 else
9869 {
9870 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9871 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9872 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9873
9874 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9875 if (cond_string)
9876 {
9877 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9878 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9879 }
9880 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9881 if (extra_string)
9882 {
9883 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9884 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9885 }
9886 }
9887
9888 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9889 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9890 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9891 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9892 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9893 }
9894 else
9895 {
9896 struct breakpoint *b;
9897
9898 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9899 {
9900 struct tracepoint *t;
9901
9902 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9903 b = &t->base;
9904 }
9905 else
9906 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9907
9908 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9909 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9910
9911 if (parse_extra)
9912 b->cond_string = NULL;
9913 else
9914 {
9915 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9916 if (cond_string)
9917 {
9918 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9919 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9920 }
9921 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9922 b->thread = thread;
9923 }
9924
9925 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9926 if (extra_string != NULL)
9927 {
9928 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9929 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9930 }
9931 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9932 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9933 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9934 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9935 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9936 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9937 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9938 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9939
9940 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9941 }
9942
9943 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9944 {
9945 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9946 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9947 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9948 }
9949
9950 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9951 breakpoint. */
9952 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9953 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9954 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9955
9956 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9957 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9958
9959 return 1;
9960 }
9961
9962 /* Set a breakpoint.
9963 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9964 condition, and thread.
9965 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9966 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9967 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9968
9969 static void
9970 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9971 {
9972 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9973 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9974 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9975 : bp_breakpoint);
9976 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9977 struct event_location *location;
9978 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9979
9980 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9981 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9982
9983 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9984 if (location != NULL
9985 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9986 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9987 else
9988 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9989
9990 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9991 location,
9992 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9993 tempflag, type_wanted,
9994 0 /* Ignore count */,
9995 pending_break_support,
9996 ops,
9997 from_tty,
9998 1 /* enabled */,
9999 0 /* internal */,
10000 0);
10001 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10002 }
10003
10004 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10005
10006 void
10007 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10008 {
10009 CORE_ADDR pc;
10010
10011 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10012 {
10013 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10014 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10015 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10016 sal->pc = pc;
10017
10018 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10019 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10020 if (sal->explicit_line)
10021 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10022 }
10023
10024 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10025 {
10026 const struct blockvector *bv;
10027 const struct block *b;
10028 struct symbol *sym;
10029
10030 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10031 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10032 if (bv != NULL)
10033 {
10034 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10035 if (sym != NULL)
10036 {
10037 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10038 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10039 sym);
10040 }
10041 else
10042 {
10043 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10044 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10045 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10046 happen in assembly source). */
10047
10048 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10049 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10050
10051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10052
10053 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10054 if (msym.minsym)
10055 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10056
10057 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10058 }
10059 }
10060 }
10061 }
10062
10063 void
10064 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10065 {
10066 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10067 }
10068
10069 void
10070 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10071 {
10072 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10073 }
10074
10075 static void
10076 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10077 {
10078 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10079 }
10080
10081 static void
10082 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10083 {
10084 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10085 }
10086
10087 static void
10088 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10089 {
10090 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10091 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10092 stop at <line>\n"));
10093 }
10094
10095 static void
10096 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10097 {
10098 int badInput = 0;
10099
10100 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10101 badInput = 1;
10102 else if (*arg != '*')
10103 {
10104 char *argptr = arg;
10105 int hasColon = 0;
10106
10107 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10108 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10109 function/method name. */
10110 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10111 {
10112 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10113 argptr++;
10114 }
10115
10116 if (hasColon)
10117 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10118 else
10119 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10120 }
10121
10122 if (badInput)
10123 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10124 else
10125 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10126 }
10127
10128 static void
10129 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10130 {
10131 int badInput = 0;
10132
10133 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10134 badInput = 1;
10135 else
10136 {
10137 char *argptr = arg;
10138 int hasColon = 0;
10139
10140 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10141 it is probably a line number. */
10142 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10143 {
10144 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10145 argptr++;
10146 }
10147
10148 if (hasColon)
10149 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10150 else
10151 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10152 }
10153
10154 if (badInput)
10155 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10156 else
10157 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10158 }
10159
10160 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10161 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10162 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10163 line. */
10164
10165 static void
10166 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10167 {
10168 struct event_location *location;
10169 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10170
10171 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10172 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
10173
10174 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10175 the next character must be ','. */
10176 if (arg != NULL)
10177 {
10178 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
10179 error (_("Format string required"));
10180 else
10181 {
10182 /* Skip the comma. */
10183 ++arg;
10184 }
10185 }
10186
10187 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10188 location,
10189 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10190 0, bp_dprintf,
10191 0 /* Ignore count */,
10192 pending_break_support,
10193 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10194 from_tty,
10195 1 /* enabled */,
10196 0 /* internal */,
10197 0);
10198 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10199 }
10200
10201 static void
10202 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10203 {
10204 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10205 }
10206
10207 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10208 ranged breakpoints. */
10209
10210 static int
10211 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10212 struct address_space *aspace,
10213 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10214 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10215 {
10216 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10217 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10218 return 0;
10219
10220 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10221 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10222 }
10223
10224 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10225 ranged breakpoints. */
10226
10227 static int
10228 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10229 {
10230 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10231 }
10232
10233 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10234 ranged breakpoints. */
10235
10236 static enum print_stop_action
10237 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10238 {
10239 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10240 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10241 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10242
10243 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10244
10245 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10246 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10247
10248 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10249
10250 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10251
10252 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10253 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10254 else
10255 ui_out_text (uiout, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10257 {
10258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10260 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10261 }
10262 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10263 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10264
10265 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10266 }
10267
10268 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10269 ranged breakpoints. */
10270
10271 static void
10272 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10273 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10274 {
10275 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10276 struct value_print_options opts;
10277 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10278
10279 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10280 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10281
10282 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10283
10284 if (opts.addressprint)
10285 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10286 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10287 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10288 annotate_field (5);
10289 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10290 *last_loc = bl;
10291 }
10292
10293 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10294 ranged breakpoints. */
10295
10296 static void
10297 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10298 struct ui_out *uiout)
10299 {
10300 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10301 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10302 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10303 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10304
10305 gdb_assert (bl);
10306
10307 address_start = bl->address;
10308 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10309
10310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10311 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10312 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10313 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10314 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10315 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10316
10317 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10318 }
10319
10320 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10321 ranged breakpoints. */
10322
10323 static void
10324 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10325 {
10326 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10327 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10328
10329 gdb_assert (bl);
10330 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10331
10332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10333 return;
10334
10335 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10336 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10337 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10338 }
10339
10340 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10341 ranged breakpoints. */
10342
10343 static void
10344 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10345 {
10346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
10347 event_location_to_string (b->location),
10348 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end));
10349 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10350 }
10351
10352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10353
10354 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10355
10356 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10357 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10358 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10359 last instruction of the given line. */
10360
10361 static CORE_ADDR
10362 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10363 {
10364 CORE_ADDR end;
10365
10366 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10367 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10368 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10369 end = sal.pc;
10370 else
10371 {
10372 int ret;
10373 CORE_ADDR start;
10374
10375 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10376 if (!ret)
10377 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10378
10379 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10380 end--;
10381 }
10382
10383 return end;
10384 }
10385
10386 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10387
10388 static void
10389 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10390 {
10391 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start;
10392 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10393 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10394 CORE_ADDR end;
10395 struct breakpoint *b;
10396 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10397 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10398 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10399 struct event_location *start_location, *end_location;
10400
10401 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10402 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10403 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10404
10405 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10406 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10407 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10408 bp_count, 0);
10409 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10410 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10411
10412 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10413 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10414 error(_("No address range specified."));
10415
10416 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10417
10418 arg_start = arg;
10419 start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10420 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location);
10421 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location, &canonical_start);
10422 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10423
10424 if (arg[0] != ',')
10425 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10426 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10427 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10428
10429 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10430
10431 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10432 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10433 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10434
10435 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10436 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10437 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10438
10439 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10440 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10441
10442 /* Parse the end location. */
10443
10444 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10445 arg_start = arg;
10446
10447 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10448 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10449 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10450 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10451 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10452 end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10453 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location);
10454 decode_line_full (end_location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
10455 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10456 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10457
10458 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10459
10460 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10461 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10462
10463 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10464 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10465 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10466 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10467
10468 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10469
10470 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10471 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10472 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10473
10474 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10475 if (length < 0)
10476 /* Length overflowed. */
10477 error (_("Address range too large."));
10478 else if (length == 1)
10479 {
10480 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10481 the `hbreak' command. */
10482 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10483
10484 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10485
10486 return;
10487 }
10488
10489 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10490 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10491 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10492 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10493 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10494 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10495 b->location = copy_event_location (start_location);
10496 b->location_range_end = copy_event_location (end_location);
10497 b->loc->length = length;
10498
10499 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10500
10501 mention (b);
10502 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10503 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10504 }
10505
10506 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10507 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10508 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10509 zero. */
10510
10511 static int
10512 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10513 {
10514 int i = exp->nelts;
10515
10516 while (i > 0)
10517 {
10518 int oplenp, argsp;
10519
10520 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10521 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10522 i -= oplenp;
10523
10524 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10525 {
10526 case BINOP_ADD:
10527 case BINOP_SUB:
10528 case BINOP_MUL:
10529 case BINOP_DIV:
10530 case BINOP_REM:
10531 case BINOP_MOD:
10532 case BINOP_LSH:
10533 case BINOP_RSH:
10534 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10535 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10536 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10537 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10538 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10539 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10540 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10541 case BINOP_LESS:
10542 case BINOP_GTR:
10543 case BINOP_LEQ:
10544 case BINOP_GEQ:
10545 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10546 case BINOP_COMMA:
10547 case BINOP_EXP:
10548 case BINOP_MIN:
10549 case BINOP_MAX:
10550 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10551 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10552 case TERNOP_COND:
10553 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10554
10555 case OP_LONG:
10556 case OP_DOUBLE:
10557 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10558 case OP_LAST:
10559 case OP_COMPLEX:
10560 case OP_STRING:
10561 case OP_ARRAY:
10562 case OP_TYPE:
10563 case OP_TYPEOF:
10564 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10565 case OP_TYPEID:
10566 case OP_NAME:
10567 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10568
10569 case UNOP_NEG:
10570 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10571 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10572 case UNOP_ADDR:
10573 case UNOP_HIGH:
10574 case UNOP_CAST:
10575
10576 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10577 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10578 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10579 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10580 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10581 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10582 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10583
10584 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10585 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10586 ADDR is. */
10587 break;
10588
10589 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10590 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10591
10592 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10593 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10594 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10595 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10596
10597 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10598 are always constant. */
10599 {
10600 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10601
10602 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10603 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10604 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10605 return 0;
10606 break;
10607 }
10608
10609 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10610 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10611 then it is not a constant. */
10612 default:
10613 return 0;
10614 }
10615 }
10616
10617 return 1;
10618 }
10619
10620 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10621
10622 static void
10623 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10624 {
10625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10626
10627 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10628 xfree (w->exp);
10629 xfree (w->exp_string);
10630 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10631 value_free (w->val);
10632
10633 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10634 }
10635
10636 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10637
10638 static void
10639 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10640 {
10641 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10642
10643 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10644 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10645
10646 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10647 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10648 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10649 are loaded and unloaded.
10650
10651 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10652 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10653 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10654 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10655 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10656 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10657
10658 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10659 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10660 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10661 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10662
10663 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10664 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10665
10666 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10667 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10668 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10669 }
10670
10671 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10672
10673 static int
10674 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10675 {
10676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10677 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10678
10679 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10680 w->cond_exp);
10681 }
10682
10683 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10684
10685 static int
10686 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10687 {
10688 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10689 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10690
10691 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10692 w->cond_exp);
10693 }
10694
10695 static int
10696 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10697 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10698 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10699 {
10700 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10701 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10702
10703 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10704 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10705 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10706 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10707 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10708 (did not match the data address). */
10709 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10710 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10711 return 0;
10712
10713 return 1;
10714 }
10715
10716 static void
10717 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10718 {
10719 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10720
10721 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10722 }
10723
10724 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10725 hardware watchpoints. */
10726
10727 static int
10728 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10729 {
10730 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10731 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10732
10733 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10734 }
10735
10736 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10737 hardware watchpoints. */
10738
10739 static int
10740 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10741 {
10742 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10743 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10744 }
10745
10746 static enum print_stop_action
10747 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10748 {
10749 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10750 struct breakpoint *b;
10751 struct ui_file *stb;
10752 enum print_stop_action result;
10753 struct watchpoint *w;
10754 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10755
10756 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10757
10758 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10759 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10760
10761 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10762 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10763
10764 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10765 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10766
10767 switch (b->type)
10768 {
10769 case bp_watchpoint:
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10771 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10772 ui_out_field_string
10773 (uiout, "reason",
10774 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10775 mention (b);
10776 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10777 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10778 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10779 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10780 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10781 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10782 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10783 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10784 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10785 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10786 break;
10787
10788 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10790 ui_out_field_string
10791 (uiout, "reason",
10792 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10793 mention (b);
10794 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10795 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10796 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10797 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10798 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10799 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10800 break;
10801
10802 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10803 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10804 {
10805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10806 ui_out_field_string
10807 (uiout, "reason",
10808 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10809 mention (b);
10810 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10811 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10812 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10813 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10814 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10815 }
10816 else
10817 {
10818 mention (b);
10819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10820 ui_out_field_string
10821 (uiout, "reason",
10822 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10823 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10825 }
10826 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10827 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10829 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10830 break;
10831 default:
10832 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10833 }
10834
10835 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10836 return result;
10837 }
10838
10839 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10840 watchpoints. */
10841
10842 static void
10843 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10844 {
10845 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10846 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10847 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10848
10849 switch (b->type)
10850 {
10851 case bp_watchpoint:
10852 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10853 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10854 break;
10855 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10856 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10857 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10858 break;
10859 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10860 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10861 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10862 break;
10863 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10864 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10865 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10866 break;
10867 default:
10868 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10869 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10870 }
10871
10872 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10873 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10874 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10875 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10876 }
10877
10878 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10879 watchpoints. */
10880
10881 static void
10882 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10883 {
10884 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10885
10886 switch (b->type)
10887 {
10888 case bp_watchpoint:
10889 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10890 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10891 break;
10892 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10894 break;
10895 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10897 break;
10898 default:
10899 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10900 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10901 }
10902
10903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10904 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10905 }
10906
10907 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10908 watchpoints. */
10909
10910 static int
10911 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10912 {
10913 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10914 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10915 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10916 return 0;
10917
10918 return 1;
10919 }
10920
10921 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10922
10923 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10924
10925 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10927
10928 static int
10929 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10930 {
10931 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10932
10933 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10934 bl->watchpoint_type);
10935 }
10936
10937 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10938 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10939
10940 static int
10941 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10942 {
10943 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10944
10945 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10946 bl->watchpoint_type);
10947 }
10948
10949 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10950 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10951
10952 static int
10953 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10954 {
10955 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10956
10957 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10958 }
10959
10960 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10961 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10962
10963 static int
10964 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10965 {
10966 return 0;
10967 }
10968
10969 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10970 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10971
10972 static enum print_stop_action
10973 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10974 {
10975 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10976 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10977
10978 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10979 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10980
10981 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10982 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10983
10984 switch (b->type)
10985 {
10986 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10988 ui_out_field_string
10989 (uiout, "reason",
10990 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10991 break;
10992
10993 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10995 ui_out_field_string
10996 (uiout, "reason",
10997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10998 break;
10999
11000 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11002 ui_out_field_string
11003 (uiout, "reason",
11004 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11005 break;
11006 default:
11007 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11008 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11009 }
11010
11011 mention (b);
11012 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11013 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11014 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11016
11017 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11018 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11019 }
11020
11021 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11022 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11023
11024 static void
11025 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11026 struct ui_out *uiout)
11027 {
11028 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11029
11030 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11031 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11032
11033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11034 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11036 }
11037
11038 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11039 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11040
11041 static void
11042 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11043 {
11044 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11045 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11046 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11047
11048 switch (b->type)
11049 {
11050 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11051 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11052 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11053 break;
11054 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11055 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11056 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11057 break;
11058 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11059 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11060 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11061 break;
11062 default:
11063 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11064 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11065 }
11066
11067 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11068 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11070 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11071 }
11072
11073 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11074 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11075
11076 static void
11077 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11078 {
11079 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11080 char tmp[40];
11081
11082 switch (b->type)
11083 {
11084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11086 break;
11087 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11089 break;
11090 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11092 break;
11093 default:
11094 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11095 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11096 }
11097
11098 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11100 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11101 }
11102
11103 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11104
11105 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11106
11107 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11108
11109 static int
11110 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11111 {
11112 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11113 }
11114
11115 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11116 hw_read: watch read,
11117 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11118 static void
11119 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11120 int just_location, int internal)
11121 {
11122 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11123 struct expression *exp;
11124 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11125 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11126 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11127 struct frame_info *frame;
11128 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11129 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11130 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11131 int toklen = -1;
11132 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11133 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11134 enum bptype bp_type;
11135 int thread = -1;
11136 int pc = 0;
11137 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11138 the hardware watchpoint. */
11139 int use_mask = 0;
11140 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11141 struct watchpoint *w;
11142 char *expression;
11143 struct cleanup *back_to;
11144
11145 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11146 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11147 {
11148 const char *value_start;
11149
11150 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11151
11152 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11153 of the arguments string. */
11154 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11155 {
11156 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11157 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11158 tok--;
11159
11160 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11161 This is the value of the parameter. */
11162 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11163 tok--;
11164 value_start = tok + 1;
11165
11166 /* Skip whitespace. */
11167 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11168 tok--;
11169
11170 end_tok = tok;
11171
11172 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11173 This is the parameter itself. */
11174 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11175 tok--;
11176 tok++;
11177 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11178
11179 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
11180 {
11181 struct thread_info *thr;
11182 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11183 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11184 only in a specific thread. */
11185 const char *endp;
11186
11187 if (thread != -1)
11188 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11189
11190 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11191 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
11192
11193 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11194 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11195 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
11196
11197 thread = thr->global_num;
11198 }
11199 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
11200 {
11201 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11202 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11203 facility. */
11204 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11205
11206 if (use_mask)
11207 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11208
11209 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11210
11211 mark = value_mark ();
11212 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11213 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11214 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11215 }
11216 else
11217 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11218 break;
11219
11220 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11221 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11222 exp_end = tok;
11223 }
11224 }
11225 else
11226 exp_end = arg;
11227
11228 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11229 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11230 ARG. */
11231 innermost_block = NULL;
11232 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11233 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11234 exp_start = arg = expression;
11235 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11236 exp_end = arg;
11237 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11238 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11239 prettier. */
11240 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11241 --exp_end;
11242
11243 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11244 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11245 {
11246 int len;
11247
11248 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11249 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11250 len--;
11251 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11252 }
11253
11254 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11255 mark = value_mark ();
11256 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11257
11258 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11259 {
11260 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11261 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11262 }
11263
11264 if (just_location)
11265 {
11266 int ret;
11267
11268 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11269 val = value_addr (result);
11270 release_value (val);
11271 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11272
11273 if (use_mask)
11274 {
11275 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11276 mask);
11277 if (ret == -1)
11278 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11279 else if (ret == -2)
11280 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11281 }
11282 }
11283 else if (val != NULL)
11284 release_value (val);
11285
11286 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11287 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11288
11289 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11290 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11291 {
11292 struct expression *cond;
11293
11294 innermost_block = NULL;
11295 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11296 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11297
11298 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11299 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11300 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11301
11302 xfree (cond);
11303 cond_end = tok;
11304 }
11305 if (*tok)
11306 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11307
11308 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11309
11310 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11311 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11312 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11313 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11314 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11315 {
11316 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11317 {
11318 scope_breakpoint
11319 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11320 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11321 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11322 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11323
11324 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11325
11326 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11327 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11328
11329 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11330 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11331
11332 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11333 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11334 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11335 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11336 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11337 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11338 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11339 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11340 scope_breakpoint->type);
11341 }
11342 }
11343
11344 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11345 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11346 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11347 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11348
11349 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11350 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11351 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11352 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11353 else
11354 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11355
11356 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11357 b = &w->base;
11358 if (use_mask)
11359 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11360 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11361 else
11362 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11363 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11364 b->thread = thread;
11365 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11366 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11367 w->exp = exp;
11368 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11369 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11370 if (just_location)
11371 {
11372 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11373 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11374 char *name;
11375
11376 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11377 name = type_to_string (t);
11378
11379 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11380 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11381 xfree (name);
11382
11383 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11384 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11385
11386 /* The above expression is in C. */
11387 b->language = language_c;
11388 }
11389 else
11390 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11391
11392 if (use_mask)
11393 {
11394 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11395 }
11396 else
11397 {
11398 w->val = val;
11399 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11400 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11401 w->val_valid = 1;
11402 }
11403
11404 if (cond_start)
11405 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11406 else
11407 b->cond_string = 0;
11408
11409 if (frame)
11410 {
11411 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11412 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11413 }
11414 else
11415 {
11416 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11417 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11418 }
11419
11420 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11421 {
11422 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11423 need to act on them together. */
11424 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11425 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11426 }
11427
11428 if (!just_location)
11429 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11430
11431 TRY
11432 {
11433 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11434 that should be inserted. */
11435 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11436 }
11437 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11438 {
11439 delete_breakpoint (b);
11440 throw_exception (e);
11441 }
11442 END_CATCH
11443
11444 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11445 do_cleanups (back_to);
11446 }
11447
11448 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11449 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11450
11451 static int
11452 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11453 {
11454 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11455 struct value *head = v;
11456
11457 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11458 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11459 return 0;
11460
11461 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11462 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11463 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11464 hardware watchpoint.
11465
11466 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11467 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11468 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11469 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11470 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11471 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11472 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11473 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11474 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11475
11476 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11477 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11478 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11479 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11480 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11481 {
11482 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11483 {
11484 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11485 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11486 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11487 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11488 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11489 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11490 ;
11491 else
11492 {
11493 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11494 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11495 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11496
11497 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11498 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11499 middle of some value chain. */
11500 if (v == head
11501 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11502 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11503 {
11504 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11505 int len;
11506 int num_regs;
11507
11508 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11509 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11510 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11511
11512 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11513 if (!num_regs)
11514 return 0;
11515 else
11516 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11517 }
11518 }
11519 }
11520 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11521 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11522 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11523 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11524 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11525 }
11526
11527 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11528 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11529 return found_memory_cnt;
11530 }
11531
11532 void
11533 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11534 {
11535 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11536 }
11537
11538 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11539 calls watch_command_1. */
11540
11541 static void
11542 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11543 {
11544 int just_location = 0;
11545
11546 if (arg
11547 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11548 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11549 {
11550 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11551 just_location = 1;
11552 }
11553
11554 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11555 }
11556
11557 static void
11558 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11559 {
11560 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11561 }
11562
11563 void
11564 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11565 {
11566 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11567 }
11568
11569 static void
11570 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11571 {
11572 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11573 }
11574
11575 void
11576 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11577 {
11578 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11579 }
11580
11581 static void
11582 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11583 {
11584 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11585 }
11586 \f
11587
11588 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11589 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11590 breakpoints. */
11591
11592 struct until_break_fsm
11593 {
11594 /* The base class. */
11595 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11596
11597 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11598 int thread;
11599
11600 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11601 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11602
11603 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11604 NULL. */
11605 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11606 };
11607
11608 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self);
11609 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self);
11610 static enum async_reply_reason
11611 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11612
11613 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11614
11615 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11616 {
11617 NULL, /* dtor */
11618 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11619 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11620 NULL, /* return_value */
11621 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11622 };
11623
11624 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11625
11626 static struct until_break_fsm *
11627 new_until_break_fsm (int thread,
11628 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint,
11629 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint)
11630 {
11631 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11632
11633 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11634 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops);
11635
11636 sm->thread = thread;
11637 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint;
11638 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint;
11639
11640 return sm;
11641 }
11642
11643 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11644 until(location)/advance commands. */
11645
11646 static int
11647 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self)
11648 {
11649 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11650 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
11651
11652 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11653 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11654 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11655 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11656 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11657 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11658
11659 return 1;
11660 }
11661
11662 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11663 until(location)/advance commands. */
11664
11665 static void
11666 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self)
11667 {
11668 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11669
11670 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11671 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11672 {
11673 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11674 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11675 }
11676 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11677 {
11678 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11679 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11680 }
11681 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11682 }
11683
11684 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11685 until(location)/advance commands. */
11686
11687 static enum async_reply_reason
11688 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11689 {
11690 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11691 }
11692
11693 void
11694 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11695 {
11696 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11697 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11698 struct frame_info *frame;
11699 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11700 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11701 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11702 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11703 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11704 struct cleanup *old_chain, *cleanup;
11705 int thread;
11706 struct thread_info *tp;
11707 struct event_location *location;
11708 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11709
11710 clear_proceed_status (0);
11711
11712 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11713 this function. */
11714
11715 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11716 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
11717
11718 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11719 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11720 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11721 get_last_displayed_line ());
11722 else
11723 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11724 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11725
11726 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11727 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11728
11729 sal = sals.sals[0];
11730 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11731
11732 if (*arg)
11733 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11734
11735 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11736
11737 tp = inferior_thread ();
11738 thread = tp->global_num;
11739
11740 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11741
11742 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11743 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11744 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11745 that. */
11746
11747 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11748 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11749 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11750 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11751
11752 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11753 one. */
11754
11755 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11756 {
11757 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11758 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11759
11760 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11761 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11762 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11763 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11764 sal2,
11765 caller_frame_id,
11766 bp_until);
11767 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint);
11768
11769 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11770 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11771 }
11772
11773 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11774 frame = NULL;
11775
11776 if (anywhere)
11777 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11778 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11779 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11780 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11781 else
11782 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11783 only at the very same frame. */
11784 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11785 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11786 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint);
11787
11788 sm = new_until_break_fsm (tp->global_num,
11789 location_breakpoint, caller_breakpoint);
11790 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11791
11792 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11793
11794 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11795
11796 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11797 }
11798
11799 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11800 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11801
11802 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11803 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11804 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11805 if clause in the arg string. */
11806
11807 char *
11808 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11809 {
11810 char *cond_string;
11811
11812 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11813 return NULL;
11814
11815 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11816 (*arg) += 2;
11817
11818 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11819 condition string. */
11820 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11821 cond_string = *arg;
11822
11823 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11824 string. */
11825 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11826
11827 return cond_string;
11828 }
11829
11830 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11831 process start/exit, etc. */
11832
11833 typedef enum
11834 {
11835 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11836 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11837 }
11838 catch_fork_kind;
11839
11840 static void
11841 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11842 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11843 {
11844 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11845 char *cond_string = NULL;
11846 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11847 int tempflag;
11848
11849 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11850 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11851 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11852
11853 if (!arg)
11854 arg = "";
11855 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11856
11857 /* The allowed syntax is:
11858 catch [v]fork
11859 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11860
11861 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11862 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11863
11864 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11866
11867 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11868 and enable reporting of such events. */
11869 switch (fork_kind)
11870 {
11871 case catch_fork_temporary:
11872 case catch_fork_permanent:
11873 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11874 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11875 break;
11876 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11877 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11878 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11879 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11880 break;
11881 default:
11882 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11883 break;
11884 }
11885 }
11886
11887 static void
11888 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11889 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11890 {
11891 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11892 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11893 int tempflag;
11894 char *cond_string = NULL;
11895
11896 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11897
11898 if (!arg)
11899 arg = "";
11900 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11901
11902 /* The allowed syntax is:
11903 catch exec
11904 catch exec if <cond>
11905
11906 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11907 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11908
11909 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11910 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11911
11912 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11913 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11914 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11915 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11916
11917 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11918 }
11919
11920 void
11921 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11922 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11923 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11924 char *addr_string,
11925 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11926 int tempflag,
11927 int enabled,
11928 int from_tty)
11929 {
11930 if (from_tty)
11931 {
11932 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11933 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11934 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11935
11936 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11937 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11938 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11939 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11940 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11941 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11942 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11943 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11944 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11945 enough for now, though. */
11946 }
11947
11948 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11949
11950 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11951 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11952 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11953 language_def (language_ada));
11954 b->language = language_ada;
11955 }
11956
11957 static void
11958 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11959 {
11960 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11961 }
11962 \f
11963
11964 static void
11965 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11966 {
11967 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11968 }
11969
11970 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11971
11972 static int
11973 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11974 {
11975 const breakpoint_p *ba = (const breakpoint_p *) a;
11976 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11977 const breakpoint_p *bb = (const breakpoint_p *) b;
11978 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11979
11980 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11981 return -1;
11982 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11983 return 1;
11984
11985 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11986 the number 0. */
11987 if (ua < ub)
11988 return -1;
11989 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11990 }
11991
11992 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11993
11994 static void
11995 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11996 {
11997 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11998 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11999 int ix;
12000 int default_match;
12001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12002 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12003 int i;
12004 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12005
12006 if (arg)
12007 {
12008 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12009 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12010 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12011 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12012 default_match = 0;
12013 }
12014 else
12015 {
12016 sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
12017 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12018 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12019
12020 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12021 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12022 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12023 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12024 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12025 error (_("No source file specified."));
12026
12027 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12028 sals.nelts = 1;
12029
12030 default_match = 1;
12031 }
12032
12033 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12034 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12035 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12036 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12037
12038 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12039 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12040 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12041 due to optimization, all in one block.
12042
12043 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12044 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12045 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12046 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12047 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12048 to support that. */
12049
12050 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12051 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12052 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12053 breakpoint. */
12054
12055 found = NULL;
12056 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12057 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12058 {
12059 const char *sal_fullname;
12060
12061 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12062 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12063 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12064 or at default pc.
12065
12066 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12067
12068 0 1 pc
12069 1 1 pc _and_ line
12070 0 0 line
12071 1 0 <can't happen> */
12072
12073 sal = sals.sals[i];
12074 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12075 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12076
12077 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12078 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12079 {
12080 int match = 0;
12081 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12082 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12083 {
12084 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12085 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12086 {
12087 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12088 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12089 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12090 && sal.pc
12091 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12092 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12093 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12094 || loc->section == sal.section));
12095 int line_match = 0;
12096
12097 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12098 && loc->symtab != NULL
12099 && sal_fullname != NULL
12100 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12101 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12102 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12103 sal_fullname) == 0)
12104 line_match = 1;
12105
12106 if (pc_match || line_match)
12107 {
12108 match = 1;
12109 break;
12110 }
12111 }
12112 }
12113
12114 if (match)
12115 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12116 }
12117 }
12118
12119 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12120 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12121 {
12122 if (arg)
12123 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12124 else
12125 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12126 }
12127
12128 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12129 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12130 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12131 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12132 compare_breakpoints);
12133 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12134 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12135 {
12136 if (b == prev)
12137 {
12138 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12139 --ix;
12140 }
12141 }
12142
12143 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12144 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12145 if (from_tty)
12146 {
12147 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12148 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12149 else
12150 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12151 }
12152
12153 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12154 {
12155 if (from_tty)
12156 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12157 delete_breakpoint (b);
12158 }
12159 if (from_tty)
12160 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12161
12162 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12163 }
12164 \f
12165 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12166 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12167 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12168
12169 void
12170 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12171 {
12172 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12173
12174 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12175 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12176 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12177 && bs->stop)
12178 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12179
12180 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12181 {
12182 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12183 delete_breakpoint (b);
12184 }
12185 }
12186
12187 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12188 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12189 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12190 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12191 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12192 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12193
12194 static int
12195 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12196 {
12197 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
12198 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
12199
12200 if (a->address != b->address)
12201 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12202
12203 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12204 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12205 grouped. */
12206
12207 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12208 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12209 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12210
12211 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12212 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12213 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12214
12215 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12216 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12217 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12218
12219 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12220 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12221 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12222
12223 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12224 }
12225
12226 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12227 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12228 content of the bp_location array. */
12229
12230 static void
12231 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12232 {
12233 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12234
12235 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12236 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12237
12238 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12239 {
12240 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12241
12242 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12243 continue;
12244
12245 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12246 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12247
12248 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12249 addr = bl->address - start;
12250 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12251 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12252
12253 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12254
12255 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12256 addr = end - bl->address;
12257 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12258 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12259 }
12260 }
12261
12262 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12263
12264 static void
12265 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12266 {
12267 struct breakpoint *b;
12268 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12269 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
12270
12271 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12272
12273 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12274 {
12275 struct bp_location *bl;
12276 struct tracepoint *t;
12277 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12278
12279 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12280 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12281 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12282 continue;
12283
12284 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
12285 {
12286 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12287 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
12288 else
12289 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
12290 }
12291
12292 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
12293 break;
12294
12295 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12296 {
12297 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12298 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12299 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12300 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12301 continue;
12302
12303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12304
12305 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12306
12307 bl->inserted = 1;
12308 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12309 }
12310 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12311 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12312 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12314 }
12315
12316 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12317 }
12318
12319 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12320
12321 static void
12322 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12323 {
12324 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12325 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12326 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12327 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12328
12329 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12330 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12331 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12332 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12333 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12334
12335 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12336 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12337 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12338 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12339 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12340 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12341 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12342 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12343 }
12344
12345 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12346 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12347 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12348 the target. */
12349
12350 static void
12351 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12352 {
12353 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12354 struct bp_location *loc;
12355 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12356 int pspace_num;
12357
12358 address = bl->address;
12359 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12360
12361 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12362 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12363 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12364 side. */
12365 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12366 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12367 return;
12368
12369 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12370 the same program space as the location
12371 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12372 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12373 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12374 {
12375 loc = *loc2p;
12376
12377 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12378 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12379 continue;
12380
12381 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12382 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12383 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12384 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12385 that have already been marked. */
12386 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12387
12388 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12389 it later on. */
12390 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12391 {
12392 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12393 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12394 }
12395 }
12396 }
12397 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12398 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12399 locations are duplicate of which.
12400
12401 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12402 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12403 info. */
12404
12405 static void
12406 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12407 {
12408 struct breakpoint *b;
12409 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12410 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12411 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12412 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12413 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12414 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12415
12416 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12417 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12418 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12419 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12420 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12421 once. */
12422 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12423 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12424 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12425 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12426
12427 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12428 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12429 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12430 unsigned old_location_count;
12431
12432 old_location = bp_location;
12433 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12434 bp_location = NULL;
12435 bp_location_count = 0;
12436 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12437
12438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12439 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12440 bp_location_count++;
12441
12442 bp_location = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_location_count);
12443 locp = bp_location;
12444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12445 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12446 *locp++ = loc;
12447 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12448 bp_location_compare);
12449
12450 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12451
12452 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12453 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12454 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12455 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12456 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12457 location.
12458
12459 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12460 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12461
12462 locp = bp_location;
12463 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12464 old_locp++)
12465 {
12466 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12467 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12468
12469 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12470 not, we have to free it. */
12471 int found_object = 0;
12472 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12473 int keep_in_target = 0;
12474 int removed = 0;
12475
12476 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12477 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12478 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12479 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12480 locp++;
12481
12482 for (loc2p = locp;
12483 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12484 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12485 loc2p++)
12486 {
12487 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12488 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12489 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12490 place there. */
12491 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12492 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12493 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12494 {
12495 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12496 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12497 }
12498
12499 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12500 found_object = 1;
12501 }
12502
12503 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12504 have to go through updates again. */
12505 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12506
12507 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12508 if (!found_object)
12509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12510
12511 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12512 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12513 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12514 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12515 at certain location is not inserted. */
12516
12517 if (old_loc->inserted)
12518 {
12519 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12520 it. */
12521
12522 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12523 {
12524 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12525 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12526 keep_in_target = 1;
12527 }
12528 else
12529 {
12530 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12531 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12532 remove its target-side condition. */
12533
12534 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12535 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12536 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12537 this one from the target. */
12538
12539 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12540 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12541 {
12542 for (loc2p = locp;
12543 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12544 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12545 loc2p++)
12546 {
12547 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12548
12549 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12550 {
12551 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12552 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12553 supported, but the latter are. */
12554 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12555 {
12556 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12557 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12558 }
12559
12560 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12561 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12562 unduplicated. */
12563 if (loc2 != old_loc
12564 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12565 {
12566 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12567 keep_in_target = 1;
12568 break;
12569 }
12570 }
12571 }
12572 }
12573 }
12574
12575 if (!keep_in_target)
12576 {
12577 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12578 {
12579 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12580 this location on the global list, and try to
12581 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12582 reason why we will succeed next time.
12583
12584 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12585 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12586 only after calling us. */
12587 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12588 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12589 old_loc->owner->number);
12590 }
12591 removed = 1;
12592 }
12593 }
12594
12595 if (!found_object)
12596 {
12597 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12598 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12599 {
12600 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12601 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12602 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12603 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12604 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12605 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12606 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12607 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12608 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12609 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12610 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12611 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12612 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12613 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12614 SIGTRAP.
12615
12616 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12617 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12618
12619 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12620 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12621 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12622 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12623 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12624 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12625 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12626 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12627 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12628 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12629 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12630 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12631 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12632 thread_count.
12633
12634 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12635 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12636 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12637 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12638
12639 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12640 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12641 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12642 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12643 traps we can no longer explain. */
12644
12645 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12646 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12647
12648 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12649 }
12650 else
12651 {
12652 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12653 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12654 }
12655 }
12656 }
12657
12658 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12659 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12660 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12661 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12662 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12663 are sorted first for the same address.
12664
12665 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12666 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12667
12668 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12669 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12670 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12671 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12673 {
12674 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12675 non-NULL. */
12676 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12677 b = loc->owner;
12678
12679 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12680 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12681 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12682 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12683 `struct bp_location'. */
12684 || is_tracepoint (b))
12685 {
12686 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12687 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12688 continue;
12689 }
12690
12691 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12692 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12693 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12694 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12695 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12696 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12697 else
12698 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12699
12700 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12701 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12702 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12703 {
12704 *loc_first_p = loc;
12705 loc->duplicate = 0;
12706
12707 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12708 {
12709 loc->needs_update = 1;
12710 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12711 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12712 }
12713 continue;
12714 }
12715
12716
12717 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12718 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12719 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12720 if (loc->inserted)
12721 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12722 loc->duplicate = 1;
12723
12724 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12725 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12726 }
12727
12728 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12729 {
12730 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12731 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12732 else
12733 {
12734 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12735 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12736 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12737 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12738 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12739 "needs_update". */
12740 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12741 }
12742 }
12743
12744 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12745 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12746
12747 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12748 }
12749
12750 void
12751 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12752 {
12753 struct bp_location *loc;
12754 int ix;
12755
12756 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12757 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12758 {
12759 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12760 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12761 --ix;
12762 }
12763 }
12764
12765 static void
12766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12767 {
12768
12769 TRY
12770 {
12771 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12772 }
12773 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12774 {
12775 }
12776 END_CATCH
12777 }
12778
12779 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12780
12781 static void
12782 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12783 {
12784 bpstat bs;
12785
12786 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12787 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12788 {
12789 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12790 bs->old_val = NULL;
12791 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12792 }
12793 }
12794
12795 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12796 static int
12797 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12798 {
12799 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12800
12801 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12802 return 0;
12803 }
12804
12805 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12806 callbacks. */
12807
12808 static void
12809 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12810 {
12811 struct value_print_options opts;
12812
12813 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12814
12815 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12816 single string. */
12817 if (b->loc == NULL)
12818 {
12819 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12820 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12821 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12822 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12823 {
12824 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12825 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12826 }
12827 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12828 {
12829 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12830 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12831 b->extra_string);
12832 }
12833 else
12834 {
12835 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12836 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12837 b->extra_string);
12838 }
12839 }
12840 else
12841 {
12842 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12843 {
12844 printf_filtered (" at ");
12845 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12846 gdb_stdout);
12847 }
12848 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12849 {
12850 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12851 more nicely. */
12852 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12853 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12854 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12855 b->loc->line_number);
12856 else
12857 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12858 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12859 real situation somewhat. */
12860 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12861 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12862 }
12863
12864 if (b->loc->next)
12865 {
12866 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12867 int n = 0;
12868 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12869 ++n;
12870 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12871 }
12872 }
12873 }
12874
12875 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12876
12877 static void
12878 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12879 {
12880 xfree (self->cond);
12881 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12882 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12883 xfree (self->function_name);
12884
12885 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12886 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12887 }
12888
12889 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12890 {
12891 bp_location_dtor
12892 };
12893
12894 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12895 inherit from. */
12896
12897 static void
12898 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12899 {
12900 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12901 xfree (self->cond_string);
12902 xfree (self->extra_string);
12903 xfree (self->filter);
12904 delete_event_location (self->location);
12905 delete_event_location (self->location_range_end);
12906 }
12907
12908 static struct bp_location *
12909 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12910 {
12911 struct bp_location *loc;
12912
12913 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12914 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12915 return loc;
12916 }
12917
12918 static void
12919 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12920 {
12921 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12922 }
12923
12924 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12925 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12926
12927 static int
12928 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12929 {
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12931 }
12932
12933 static int
12934 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12935 {
12936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12937 }
12938
12939 static int
12940 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12941 struct address_space *aspace,
12942 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12943 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12944 {
12945 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12946 }
12947
12948 static void
12949 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12950 {
12951 /* Always stop. */
12952 }
12953
12954 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12955 errors. */
12956
12957 static int
12958 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12959 {
12960 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12961 }
12962
12963 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12964 errors. */
12965
12966 static int
12967 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12968 {
12969 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12970 }
12971
12972 static enum print_stop_action
12973 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12974 {
12975 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12976 }
12977
12978 static void
12979 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12980 struct ui_out *uiout)
12981 {
12982 /* nothing */
12983 }
12984
12985 static void
12986 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12987 {
12988 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12989 }
12990
12991 static void
12992 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12993 {
12994 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12995 }
12996
12997 static void
12998 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12999 (const struct event_location *location,
13000 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13001 enum bptype type_wanted)
13002 {
13003 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13004 }
13005
13006 static void
13007 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13008 struct linespec_result *c,
13009 char *cond_string,
13010 char *extra_string,
13011 enum bptype type_wanted,
13012 enum bpdisp disposition,
13013 int thread,
13014 int task, int ignore_count,
13015 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13016 int from_tty, int enabled,
13017 int internal, unsigned flags)
13018 {
13019 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13020 }
13021
13022 static void
13023 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13024 const struct event_location *location,
13025 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13026 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13027 {
13028 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13029 }
13030
13031 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13032
13033 static int
13034 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13035 {
13036 return 1;
13037 }
13038
13039 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13040
13041 static void
13042 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13043 {
13044 /* Nothing to do. */
13045 }
13046
13047 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13048 {
13049 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13050 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13051 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13052 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13053 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13054 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13055 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13056 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13057 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13058 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13059 NULL,
13060 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13061 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13062 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13063 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
13064 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13065 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
13066 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13067 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13068 };
13069
13070 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13071
13072 static void
13073 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13074 {
13075 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13076 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
13077 {
13078 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13079 delete_breakpoint (b);
13080 return;
13081 }
13082
13083 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13084 }
13085
13086 static int
13087 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13088 {
13089 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13090 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13091 else
13092 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13093 }
13094
13095 static int
13096 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13097 {
13098 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13099 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13100 else
13101 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13102 }
13103
13104 static int
13105 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13106 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13107 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13108 {
13109 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13110 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13111 return 0;
13112
13113 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13114 aspace, bp_addr))
13115 return 0;
13116
13117 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13118 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13119 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13120 return 0;
13121
13122 return 1;
13123 }
13124
13125 static int
13126 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13127 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13128 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13129 {
13130 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13131 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13132 {
13133 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13134 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13135 be set at the same address. */
13136 return 0;
13137 }
13138
13139 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13140 }
13141
13142 static int
13143 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13144 {
13145 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13146
13147 return 1;
13148 }
13149
13150 static enum print_stop_action
13151 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13152 {
13153 struct breakpoint *b;
13154 const struct bp_location *bl;
13155 int bp_temp;
13156 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13157
13158 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13159
13160 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13161 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13162
13163 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13164 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13165 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13166 bl->address,
13167 b->number, 1);
13168 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13169 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
13170
13171 if (bp_temp)
13172 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13173 else
13174 ui_out_text (uiout, "Breakpoint ");
13175 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13176 {
13177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13178 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13180 }
13181 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13182 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13183
13184 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13185 }
13186
13187 static void
13188 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13189 {
13190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13191 return;
13192
13193 switch (b->type)
13194 {
13195 case bp_breakpoint:
13196 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13197 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13198 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13199 else
13200 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13201 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13202 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13203 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13204 break;
13205 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13206 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13207 break;
13208 case bp_dprintf:
13209 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13210 break;
13211 }
13212
13213 say_where (b);
13214 }
13215
13216 static void
13217 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13218 {
13219 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13220 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13221 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13223 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13224 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13225 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13226 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13228 else
13229 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13230 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13231
13232 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13233 event_location_to_string (tp->location));
13234
13235 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13236 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13237 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
13238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
13239
13240 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13241 }
13242
13243 static void
13244 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13245 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13246 enum bptype type_wanted)
13247 {
13248 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13249 }
13250
13251 static void
13252 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13253 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13254 char *cond_string,
13255 char *extra_string,
13256 enum bptype type_wanted,
13257 enum bpdisp disposition,
13258 int thread,
13259 int task, int ignore_count,
13260 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13261 int from_tty, int enabled,
13262 int internal, unsigned flags)
13263 {
13264 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13265 cond_string, extra_string,
13266 type_wanted,
13267 disposition, thread, task,
13268 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13269 enabled, internal, flags);
13270 }
13271
13272 static void
13273 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13274 const struct event_location *location,
13275 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13276 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13277 {
13278 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13279 }
13280
13281 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13282
13283 static void
13284 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13285 {
13286 switch (b->type)
13287 {
13288 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13289 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13290 case bp_overlay_event:
13291 case bp_longjmp_master:
13292 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13293 case bp_exception_master:
13294 delete_breakpoint (b);
13295 break;
13296
13297 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13298 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13299 case bp_shlib_event:
13300
13301 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13302 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13303 case bp_thread_event:
13304 break;
13305 }
13306 }
13307
13308 static void
13309 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13310 {
13311 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13312 {
13313 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13314 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13315 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13316 objects (among other things). */
13317 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13318 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13319 }
13320 else
13321 bs->stop = 0;
13322 }
13323
13324 static enum print_stop_action
13325 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13326 {
13327 struct breakpoint *b;
13328
13329 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13330
13331 switch (b->type)
13332 {
13333 case bp_shlib_event:
13334 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13335 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13336 to shlib event" message.) */
13337 print_solib_event (0);
13338 break;
13339
13340 case bp_thread_event:
13341 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13342 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13343 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13344 break;
13345
13346 case bp_overlay_event:
13347 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13348 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13349 break;
13350
13351 case bp_longjmp_master:
13352 /* These should never be enabled. */
13353 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13354 break;
13355
13356 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13357 /* These should never be enabled. */
13358 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13359 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13360 break;
13361
13362 case bp_exception_master:
13363 /* These should never be enabled. */
13364 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13365 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13366 break;
13367 }
13368
13369 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13370 }
13371
13372 static void
13373 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13374 {
13375 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13376 }
13377
13378 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13379
13380 static void
13381 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13382 {
13383 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13384 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13385 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13386 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13387 }
13388
13389 static void
13390 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13391 {
13392 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13393 }
13394
13395 static enum print_stop_action
13396 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13397 {
13398 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13399 }
13400
13401 static void
13402 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13403 {
13404 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13405 }
13406
13407 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13408
13409 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13410 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13411
13412 static void
13413 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13414 {
13415 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (self->thread);
13416
13417 if (tp)
13418 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13419
13420 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13421 }
13422
13423 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13424
13425 static int
13426 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13427 {
13428 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13429
13430 if (v == 0)
13431 {
13432 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13433 if needed. */
13434 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13435 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13436 bl->probe.objfile,
13437 bl->gdbarch);
13438 }
13439
13440 return v;
13441 }
13442
13443 static int
13444 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13445 {
13446 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13447 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13448 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13449 bl->probe.objfile,
13450 bl->gdbarch);
13451
13452 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13453 }
13454
13455 static void
13456 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13457 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13458 enum bptype type_wanted)
13459 {
13460 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13461
13462 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
13463 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13464 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13465 }
13466
13467 static void
13468 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13469 const struct event_location *location,
13470 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13471 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13472 {
13473 *sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
13474 if (!sals->sals)
13475 error (_("probe not found"));
13476 }
13477
13478 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13479
13480 static void
13481 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13482 {
13483 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13484 }
13485
13486 static int
13487 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13488 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13489 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13490 {
13491 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13492 tracepoints. */
13493 return 0;
13494 }
13495
13496 static void
13497 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13498 struct ui_out *uiout)
13499 {
13500 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13501 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13502 {
13503 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13504
13505 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13506 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13507 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13509 }
13510 }
13511
13512 static void
13513 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13514 {
13515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13516 return;
13517
13518 switch (b->type)
13519 {
13520 case bp_tracepoint:
13521 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13522 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13523 break;
13524 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13525 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13526 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13527 break;
13528 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13529 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13530 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13531 break;
13532 default:
13533 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13534 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13535 }
13536
13537 say_where (b);
13538 }
13539
13540 static void
13541 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13542 {
13543 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13544
13545 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13547 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13549 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13550 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13551 else
13552 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13553 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13554
13555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13556 event_location_to_string (self->location));
13557 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13558
13559 if (tp->pass_count)
13560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13561 }
13562
13563 static void
13564 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13565 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13566 enum bptype type_wanted)
13567 {
13568 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13569 }
13570
13571 static void
13572 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13573 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13574 char *cond_string,
13575 char *extra_string,
13576 enum bptype type_wanted,
13577 enum bpdisp disposition,
13578 int thread,
13579 int task, int ignore_count,
13580 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13581 int from_tty, int enabled,
13582 int internal, unsigned flags)
13583 {
13584 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13585 cond_string, extra_string,
13586 type_wanted,
13587 disposition, thread, task,
13588 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13589 enabled, internal, flags);
13590 }
13591
13592 static void
13593 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13594 const struct event_location *location,
13595 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13596 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13597 {
13598 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13599 }
13600
13601 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13602
13603 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13604 static probe. */
13605
13606 static void
13607 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13608 (const struct event_location *location,
13609 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13610 enum bptype type_wanted)
13611 {
13612 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13613 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13614 }
13615
13616 static void
13617 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13618 const struct event_location *location,
13619 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13620 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13621 {
13622 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13623 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13624 }
13625
13626 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13627
13628 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13629
13630 static void
13631 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13632 {
13633 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13634
13635 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13636 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13637
13638 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13639 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13640 3 - disconnect from target 1
13641 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13642
13643 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13644 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13645 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13646 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13647 it all the time. */
13648 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13649 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13650 }
13651
13652 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13653
13654 static void
13655 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13656 {
13657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13658 event_location_to_string (tp->location),
13659 tp->extra_string);
13660 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13661 }
13662
13663 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13664 dprintf.
13665
13666 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13667 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13668 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13669 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13670 address are all handled. */
13671
13672 static void
13673 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13674 {
13675 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13676 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13677 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13678
13679 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13680 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13681 condition not be evaluated. */
13682 bs->stop = 0;
13683
13684 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13685 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13686 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13687 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13688 commands here throws. */
13689 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13690 bs->commands = NULL;
13691 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13692
13693 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13694
13695 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13696 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13697 list. */
13698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13699 }
13700
13701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13702 markers (`-m'). */
13703
13704 static void
13705 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13706 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13707 enum bptype type_wanted)
13708 {
13709 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13710 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13711 char *str;
13712 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13713
13714 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location);
13715 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13716
13717 str = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13718 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
13719 canonical->location = new_linespec_location (&str);
13720 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13721
13722 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13723 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13724 }
13725
13726 static void
13727 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13728 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13729 char *cond_string,
13730 char *extra_string,
13731 enum bptype type_wanted,
13732 enum bpdisp disposition,
13733 int thread,
13734 int task, int ignore_count,
13735 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13736 int from_tty, int enabled,
13737 int internal, unsigned flags)
13738 {
13739 int i;
13740 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13741 canonical->sals, 0);
13742
13743 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13744 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13745 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13746 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13747 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13748 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13749
13750 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13751 {
13752 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13753 struct tracepoint *tp;
13754 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13755 struct event_location *location;
13756
13757 expanded.nelts = 1;
13758 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13759
13760 location = copy_event_location (canonical->location);
13761 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
13762
13763 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13764 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13765 location, NULL,
13766 cond_string, extra_string,
13767 type_wanted, disposition,
13768 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13769 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13770 canonical->special_display);
13771 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13772 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13773 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13774 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13775 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13776 corresponds to this one */
13777 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13778
13779 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13780
13781 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13782 }
13783 }
13784
13785 static void
13786 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13787 const struct event_location *location,
13788 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13789 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13790 {
13791 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13792 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location);
13793
13794 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13795 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13796 {
13797 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13798 sals->nelts = 1;
13799 }
13800 else
13801 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13802 }
13803
13804 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13805
13806 static int
13807 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13808 {
13809 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13810 }
13811
13812 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13813 structures. */
13814
13815 void
13816 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13817 {
13818 struct breakpoint *b;
13819
13820 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13821
13822 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13823 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13824 especial culprits.
13825
13826 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13827 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13828 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13829 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13830 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13831 deleted.
13832
13833 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13834 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13835 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13836 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13837 was chosen. */
13838 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13839 return;
13840
13841 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13842 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13843 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13844 {
13845 struct breakpoint *related;
13846 struct watchpoint *w;
13847
13848 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13849 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13850 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13851 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13852 else
13853 w = NULL;
13854 if (w != NULL)
13855 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13856
13857 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13858 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13859 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13860 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13861 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13862 }
13863
13864 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13865 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13866 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13867 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13868 if (bpt->number)
13869 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13870
13871 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13872 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13873
13874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13875 if (b->next == bpt)
13876 {
13877 b->next = bpt->next;
13878 break;
13879 }
13880
13881 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13882 been freed. */
13883 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13884 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13885 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13886 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13887 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13888 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13889 commands won't work. */
13890
13891 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13892
13893 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13894 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13895 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13896 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13897 might be better design to have location completely
13898 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13899 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13900
13901 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13902 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13903 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13904 bpt->type = bp_none;
13905 xfree (bpt);
13906 }
13907
13908 static void
13909 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13910 {
13911 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *) b);
13912 }
13913
13914 struct cleanup *
13915 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13916 {
13917 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13918 }
13919
13920 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13921 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13922
13923 static void
13924 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13925 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13926 void *),
13927 void *data)
13928 {
13929 struct breakpoint *related;
13930
13931 related = b;
13932 do
13933 {
13934 struct breakpoint *next;
13935
13936 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13937 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13938
13939 if (next == related)
13940 {
13941 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13942 function (related, data);
13943
13944 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13945 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13946 out. */
13947 break;
13948 }
13949 else
13950 function (related, data);
13951
13952 related = next;
13953 }
13954 while (related != b);
13955 }
13956
13957 static void
13958 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13959 {
13960 delete_breakpoint (b);
13961 }
13962
13963 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13964 delete_breakpoint. */
13965
13966 static void
13967 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13968 {
13969 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13970 }
13971
13972 void
13973 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13974 {
13975 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13976
13977 dont_repeat ();
13978
13979 if (arg == 0)
13980 {
13981 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13982
13983 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13984 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13985 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13987 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13988 {
13989 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13990 break;
13991 }
13992
13993 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13994 if (!from_tty
13995 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13996 {
13997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13998 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13999 delete_breakpoint (b);
14000 }
14001 }
14002 else
14003 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14004 }
14005
14006 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
14007 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
14008 considered. */
14009
14010 static int
14011 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14012 {
14013 struct bp_location *loc;
14014
14015 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14016 if ((pspace == NULL
14017 || loc->pspace == pspace)
14018 && !loc->shlib_disabled
14019 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14020 return 0;
14021 return 1;
14022 }
14023
14024 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14025 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14026 Null names are ignored. */
14027
14028 static int
14029 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14030 {
14031 struct bp_location *l;
14032 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14033 (int (*) (const void *,
14034 const void *)) streq,
14035 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14036
14037 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14038 {
14039 const char **slot;
14040 const char *name = l->function_name;
14041
14042 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14043 if (name == NULL)
14044 continue;
14045
14046 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14047 INSERT);
14048 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14049 returns NULL. */
14050 if (*slot != NULL)
14051 {
14052 htab_delete (htab);
14053 return 1;
14054 }
14055 *slot = name;
14056 }
14057
14058 htab_delete (htab);
14059 return 0;
14060 }
14061
14062 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14063 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14064 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14065 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14066 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14067 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14068 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14069 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14070 The heuristic is:
14071
14072 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14073 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14074 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14075 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14076 in the sources, and output a warning.
14077
14078 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14079 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14080 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14081 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14082 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14083 warning.
14084
14085 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14086 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14087 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14088 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14089 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14090 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14091 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14092 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14093 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14094
14095 static struct symtab_and_line
14096 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14097 {
14098 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14099 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14100 CORE_ADDR pc;
14101
14102 pc = sal.pc;
14103 if (sal.line)
14104 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14105
14106 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14107 {
14108 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14109 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14110 b->number,
14111 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14112
14113 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14114 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14115 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14116
14117 return sal;
14118 }
14119
14120 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14121 by string ID. */
14122 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14123 && sal.line != 0
14124 && sal.symtab != NULL
14125 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14126 {
14127 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14128
14129 markers
14130 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14131
14132 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14133 {
14134 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14135 struct symbol *sym;
14136 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14137 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14138 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
14139
14140 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14141
14142 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14143 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14144
14145 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14146 "found at previous line number"),
14147 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14148
14149 init_sal (&sal2);
14150
14151 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14152
14153 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14154 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14155 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14156 if (sym)
14157 {
14158 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14159 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14160 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14161 }
14162 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14163 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14164 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14165
14166 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14167 {
14168 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14169
14170 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14171 }
14172
14173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14175
14176 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14177 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14178
14179 delete_event_location (b->location);
14180 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14181 explicit_loc.source_filename
14182 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14183 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
14184 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
14185 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14186
14187 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14188 so. */
14189
14190 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14191 }
14192 }
14193 return sal;
14194 }
14195
14196 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14197 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14198
14199 static int
14200 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14201 {
14202 while (a && b)
14203 {
14204 if (a->address != b->address)
14205 return 0;
14206
14207 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14208 return 0;
14209
14210 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14211 return 0;
14212
14213 a = a->next;
14214 b = b->next;
14215 }
14216
14217 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14218 return 0;
14219
14220 return 1;
14221 }
14222
14223 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14224 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14225 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14226
14227 static struct bp_location *
14228 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14229 {
14230 struct bp_location head;
14231 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
14232 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
14233 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
14234
14235 if (pspace == NULL)
14236 {
14237 i = b->loc;
14238 b->loc = NULL;
14239 return i;
14240 }
14241
14242 head.next = NULL;
14243
14244 while (i != NULL)
14245 {
14246 if (i->pspace == pspace)
14247 {
14248 *i_link = i->next;
14249 i->next = NULL;
14250 hoisted->next = i;
14251 hoisted = i;
14252 }
14253 else
14254 i_link = &i->next;
14255 i = *i_link;
14256 }
14257
14258 return head.next;
14259 }
14260
14261 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14262 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14263 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14264 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14265 untouched. */
14266
14267 void
14268 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14269 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
14270 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14271 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14272 {
14273 int i;
14274 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
14275
14276 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14277 {
14278 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14279 location. */
14280 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14281 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14282 "multiple locations found\n"),
14283 b->number);
14284 return;
14285 }
14286
14287 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14288 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14289 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14290 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14291 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14292 individual locations. */
14293 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.nelts == 0)
14294 return;
14295
14296 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
14297
14298 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14299 {
14300 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14301
14302 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14303
14304 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14305
14306 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14307 old symtab. */
14308 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14309 {
14310 const char *s;
14311
14312 s = b->cond_string;
14313 TRY
14314 {
14315 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14316 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14317 0);
14318 }
14319 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14320 {
14321 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14322 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14323 b->number, e.message);
14324 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14325 }
14326 END_CATCH
14327 }
14328
14329 if (sals_end.nelts)
14330 {
14331 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14332
14333 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14334 }
14335 }
14336
14337 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14338 breakpoints. */
14339 {
14340 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14341 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14342 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14343 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14344 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14345 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14346 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14347
14348 for (; e; e = e->next)
14349 {
14350 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14351 {
14352 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14353 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14354 {
14355 for (; l; l = l->next)
14356 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14357 {
14358 l->enabled = 0;
14359 break;
14360 }
14361 }
14362 else
14363 {
14364 for (; l; l = l->next)
14365 if (l->function_name
14366 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14367 {
14368 l->enabled = 0;
14369 break;
14370 }
14371 }
14372 }
14373 }
14374 }
14375
14376 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14377 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14378 }
14379
14380 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14381 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14382
14383 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14384 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
14385 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
14386 {
14387 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14388 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
14389
14390 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14391
14392 TRY
14393 {
14394 b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, &sals);
14395 }
14396 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14397 {
14398 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14399
14400 exception = e;
14401
14402 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14403 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14404 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14405 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14406 state, then user already saw the message about that
14407 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14408 errors. */
14409 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14410 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14411 || (b->loc != NULL
14412 && search_pspace != NULL
14413 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
14414 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14415 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14416 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14417 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14418
14419 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14420 {
14421 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14422 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14423 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14424 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14425 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14426 which approach is better. */
14427 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14428 throw_exception (e);
14429 }
14430 }
14431 END_CATCH
14432
14433 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14434 {
14435 int i;
14436
14437 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14438 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14439 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
14440 {
14441 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14442 int thread, task;
14443
14444 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals.sals[0].pc,
14445 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14446 &extra_string);
14447 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
14448 if (cond_string)
14449 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14450 b->thread = thread;
14451 b->task = task;
14452 if (extra_string)
14453 {
14454 xfree (b->extra_string);
14455 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14456 }
14457 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14458 }
14459
14460 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14461 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14462
14463 *found = 1;
14464 }
14465 else
14466 *found = 0;
14467
14468 return sals;
14469 }
14470
14471 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14472 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14473 locations. */
14474
14475 static void
14476 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14477 {
14478 int found;
14479 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14480 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14481 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14482 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
14483
14484 sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location, filter_pspace, &found);
14485 if (found)
14486 {
14487 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14488 expanded = sals;
14489 }
14490
14491 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
14492 {
14493 sals_end = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end,
14494 filter_pspace, &found);
14495 if (found)
14496 {
14497 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14498 expanded_end = sals_end;
14499 }
14500 }
14501
14502 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
14503 }
14504
14505 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14506 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14507
14508 static void
14509 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
14510 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14511 enum bptype type_wanted)
14512 {
14513 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
14514 }
14515
14516 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14517 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14518 breakpoint_ops. */
14519
14520 static void
14521 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14522 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14523 char *cond_string,
14524 char *extra_string,
14525 enum bptype type_wanted,
14526 enum bpdisp disposition,
14527 int thread,
14528 int task, int ignore_count,
14529 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14530 int from_tty, int enabled,
14531 int internal, unsigned flags)
14532 {
14533 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14534 extra_string,
14535 type_wanted, disposition,
14536 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14537 enabled, internal, flags);
14538 }
14539
14540 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14541 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14542
14543 static void
14544 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
14545 const struct event_location *location,
14546 struct program_space *search_pspace,
14547 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14548 {
14549 struct linespec_result canonical;
14550
14551 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14552 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
14553 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14554 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14555 b->filter);
14556
14557 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14558 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14559
14560 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14561 {
14562 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14563
14564 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14565 *sals = lsal->sals;
14566 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14567 contents. */
14568 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14569 }
14570
14571 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14572 }
14573
14574 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14575
14576 static struct cleanup *
14577 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14578 {
14579 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14580 set_language (b->language);
14581
14582 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
14583 }
14584
14585 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14586 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14587 Unused in this case. */
14588
14589 static int
14590 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14591 {
14592 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14593 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14594 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14595
14596 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14597 b->ops->re_set (b);
14598 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14599 return 0;
14600 }
14601
14602 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14603 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14604
14605 void
14606 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14607 {
14608 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14609 enum language save_language;
14610 int save_input_radix;
14611 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14612
14613 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14614 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14615 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14616
14617 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14618 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14619 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14620 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14621
14622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14623 {
14624 /* Format possible error msg. */
14625 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14626 b->number);
14627 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14628 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14629 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14630 }
14631 set_language (save_language);
14632 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14633
14634 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14635
14636 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14637
14638 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14639 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14640 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14641 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14642
14643 /* Now we can insert. */
14644 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14645 }
14646 \f
14647 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14648
14649 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14650 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14651 void
14652 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14653 {
14654 if (b->thread != -1)
14655 {
14656 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14657 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14658
14659 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14660 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14661 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14662 as well. */
14663 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14664 }
14665 }
14666
14667 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14668 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14669 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14670
14671 void
14672 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14673 {
14674 struct breakpoint *b;
14675
14676 if (count < 0)
14677 count = 0;
14678
14679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14680 if (b->number == bptnum)
14681 {
14682 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14683 {
14684 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14685 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14686 bptnum);
14687 return;
14688 }
14689
14690 b->ignore_count = count;
14691 if (from_tty)
14692 {
14693 if (count == 0)
14694 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14695 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14696 bptnum);
14697 else if (count == 1)
14698 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14699 bptnum);
14700 else
14701 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14702 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14703 count, bptnum);
14704 }
14705 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14706 return;
14707 }
14708
14709 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14710 }
14711
14712 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14713
14714 static void
14715 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14716 {
14717 char *p = args;
14718 int num;
14719
14720 if (p == 0)
14721 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14722
14723 num = get_number (&p);
14724 if (num == 0)
14725 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14726 if (*p == 0)
14727 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14728
14729 set_ignore_count (num,
14730 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14731 from_tty);
14732 if (from_tty)
14733 printf_filtered ("\n");
14734 }
14735 \f
14736 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14737 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14738
14739 static void
14740 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14741 void *),
14742 void *data)
14743 {
14744 int num;
14745 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14746 int match;
14747 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14748
14749 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14750 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14751
14752 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14753
14754 while (!state.finished)
14755 {
14756 const char *p = state.string;
14757
14758 match = 0;
14759
14760 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14761 if (num == 0)
14762 {
14763 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14764 }
14765 else
14766 {
14767 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14768 if (b->number == num)
14769 {
14770 match = 1;
14771 function (b, data);
14772 break;
14773 }
14774 if (match == 0)
14775 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14776 }
14777 }
14778 }
14779
14780 static struct bp_location *
14781 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14782 {
14783 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14784 char *p1;
14785 int bp_num;
14786 int loc_num;
14787 struct breakpoint *b;
14788 struct bp_location *loc;
14789
14790 *dot = '\0';
14791
14792 p1 = number;
14793 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14794 if (bp_num == 0)
14795 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14796
14797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14798 if (b->number == bp_num)
14799 {
14800 break;
14801 }
14802
14803 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14804 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14805
14806 p1 = dot+1;
14807 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14808 if (loc_num == 0)
14809 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14810
14811 --loc_num;
14812 loc = b->loc;
14813 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14814 ;
14815 if (!loc)
14816 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14817
14818 return loc;
14819 }
14820
14821
14822 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14823 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14824 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14825
14826 void
14827 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14828 {
14829 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14830 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14831 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14832 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14833 return;
14834
14835 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14836
14837 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14838 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14839
14840 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14841 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14842 {
14843 struct bp_location *location;
14844
14845 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14846 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14847 }
14848
14849 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14850
14851 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14852 }
14853
14854 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14855
14856 static void
14857 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14858 {
14859 disable_breakpoint (b);
14860 }
14861
14862 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14863 disable_breakpoint. */
14864
14865 static void
14866 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14867 {
14868 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14869 }
14870
14871 static void
14872 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14873 {
14874 if (args == 0)
14875 {
14876 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14877
14878 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14879 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14880 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14881 }
14882 else
14883 {
14884 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14885
14886 while (num)
14887 {
14888 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14889 {
14890 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14891
14892 if (loc)
14893 {
14894 if (loc->enabled)
14895 {
14896 loc->enabled = 0;
14897 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14898 }
14899 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14900 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14901 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14902 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14903 }
14904 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14905 }
14906 else
14907 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14908 num = extract_arg (&args);
14909 }
14910 }
14911 }
14912
14913 static void
14914 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14915 int count)
14916 {
14917 int target_resources_ok;
14918
14919 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14920 {
14921 int i;
14922 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14923 target_resources_ok =
14924 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14925 i + 1, 0);
14926 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14927 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14929 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14930 }
14931
14932 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14933 {
14934 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14935 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14936
14937 TRY
14938 {
14939 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14940
14941 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14942 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14943 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14944 }
14945 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14946 {
14947 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14948 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14949 bpt->number);
14950 return;
14951 }
14952 END_CATCH
14953 }
14954
14955 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14956
14957 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14958 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14959
14960 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14961 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14962 {
14963 struct bp_location *location;
14964
14965 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14966 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14967 }
14968
14969 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14970 bpt->enable_count = count;
14971 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14972
14973 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14974 }
14975
14976
14977 void
14978 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14979 {
14980 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14981 }
14982
14983 static void
14984 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14985 {
14986 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14987 }
14988
14989 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14990 enable_breakpoint. */
14991
14992 static void
14993 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14994 {
14995 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14996 }
14997
14998 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14999 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15000 in stopping the inferior. */
15001
15002 static void
15003 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15004 {
15005 if (args == 0)
15006 {
15007 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15008
15009 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15010 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15011 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15012 }
15013 else
15014 {
15015 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15016
15017 while (num)
15018 {
15019 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15020 {
15021 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15022
15023 if (loc)
15024 {
15025 if (!loc->enabled)
15026 {
15027 loc->enabled = 1;
15028 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15029 }
15030 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15031 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15032 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15033 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15034 }
15035 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15036 }
15037 else
15038 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15039 num = extract_arg (&args);
15040 }
15041 }
15042 }
15043
15044 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15045 breakpoints. */
15046
15047 struct disp_data
15048 {
15049 enum bpdisp disp;
15050 int count;
15051 };
15052
15053 static void
15054 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15055 {
15056 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15057
15058 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15059 }
15060
15061 static void
15062 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15063 {
15064 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15065
15066 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15067 }
15068
15069 static void
15070 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15071 {
15072 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15073 }
15074
15075 static void
15076 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15077 {
15078 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15079
15080 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15081 }
15082
15083 static void
15084 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15085 {
15086 int count;
15087
15088 if (args == NULL)
15089 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15090
15091 count = get_number (&args);
15092
15093 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15094 }
15095
15096 static void
15097 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15098 {
15099 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15100
15101 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15102 }
15103
15104 static void
15105 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15106 {
15107 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15108 }
15109 \f
15110 static void
15111 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15112 {
15113 }
15114
15115 static void
15116 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15117 {
15118 }
15119
15120 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15121 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15122 GDB itself. */
15123
15124 static void
15125 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15126 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15127 const bfd_byte *data)
15128 {
15129 struct breakpoint *bp;
15130
15131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15132 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15133 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15134 {
15135 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15136
15137 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15138 {
15139 struct bp_location *loc;
15140
15141 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15142 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15143 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15144 && addr + len > loc->address)
15145 {
15146 value_free (wp->val);
15147 wp->val = NULL;
15148 wp->val_valid = 0;
15149 }
15150 }
15151 }
15152 }
15153
15154 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15155
15156 void
15157 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15158 struct address_space *aspace,
15159 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15160 {
15161 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15162 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15163 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15164
15165 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15166 {
15167 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15168 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
15169 }
15170
15171 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15172 sal.pc = pc;
15173 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15174 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15175 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15176
15177 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15178 }
15179
15180 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15181
15182 int
15183 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15184 struct address_space *aspace,
15185 CORE_ADDR pc)
15186 {
15187 struct bp_location *loc;
15188
15189 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15190 if (loc->inserted
15191 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15192 return 1;
15193
15194 return 0;
15195 }
15196
15197 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15198 PC. */
15199
15200 int
15201 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15202 CORE_ADDR pc)
15203 {
15204 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15205
15206 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15207 {
15208 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15209 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15210 return 1;
15211 }
15212 return 0;
15213 }
15214
15215 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15216
15217 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15218 static void
15219 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15220 {
15221 tracepoint_count = num;
15222 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15223 }
15224
15225 static void
15226 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15227 {
15228 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15229 struct event_location *location;
15230 struct cleanup *back_to;
15231
15232 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15233 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15234 if (location != NULL
15235 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
15236 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15237 else
15238 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15239
15240 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15241 location,
15242 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15243 0 /* tempflag */,
15244 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15245 0 /* Ignore count */,
15246 pending_break_support,
15247 ops,
15248 from_tty,
15249 1 /* enabled */,
15250 0 /* internal */, 0);
15251 do_cleanups (back_to);
15252 }
15253
15254 static void
15255 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15256 {
15257 struct event_location *location;
15258 struct cleanup *back_to;
15259
15260 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15261 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15262 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15263 location,
15264 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15265 0 /* tempflag */,
15266 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15267 0 /* Ignore count */,
15268 pending_break_support,
15269 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15270 from_tty,
15271 1 /* enabled */,
15272 0 /* internal */, 0);
15273 do_cleanups (back_to);
15274 }
15275
15276 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15277
15278 static void
15279 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15280 {
15281 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15282 struct event_location *location;
15283 struct cleanup *back_to;
15284
15285 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15286 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15287 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
15288 {
15289 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15290 location = new_linespec_location (&arg);
15291 }
15292 else
15293 {
15294 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15295 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15296 }
15297
15298 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15299 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15300 location,
15301 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15302 0 /* tempflag */,
15303 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15304 0 /* Ignore count */,
15305 pending_break_support,
15306 ops,
15307 from_tty,
15308 1 /* enabled */,
15309 0 /* internal */, 0);
15310 do_cleanups (back_to);
15311 }
15312
15313 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15314 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15315
15316 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15317 static int next_cmd;
15318
15319 static char *
15320 read_uploaded_action (void)
15321 {
15322 char *rslt;
15323
15324 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15325
15326 next_cmd++;
15327
15328 return rslt;
15329 }
15330
15331 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15332 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15333 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15334 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15335 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15336
15337 struct tracepoint *
15338 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15339 {
15340 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15341 struct tracepoint *tp;
15342 struct event_location *location;
15343 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15344
15345 if (utp->at_string)
15346 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15347 else
15348 {
15349 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15350 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15351 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15352 user. */
15353 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15354 "source location, using raw address"),
15355 utp->number);
15356 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15357 addr_str = small_buf;
15358 }
15359
15360 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15361 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15362 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15363 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15364 utp->number);
15365
15366 location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str, current_language);
15367 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15368 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15369 location,
15370 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
15371 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15372 0 /* tempflag */,
15373 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15374 0 /* Ignore count */,
15375 pending_break_support,
15376 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15377 0 /* from_tty */,
15378 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15379 0 /* internal */,
15380 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15381 {
15382 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15383 return NULL;
15384 }
15385
15386 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15387
15388 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15389 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15390 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15391
15392 if (utp->pass > 0)
15393 {
15394 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15395 tp->base.number);
15396
15397 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15398 }
15399
15400 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15401 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15402 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15403 function. */
15404 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15405 {
15406 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15407
15408 this_utp = utp;
15409 next_cmd = 0;
15410
15411 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15412
15413 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15414 }
15415 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15416 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15417 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15418 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15419 utp->number);
15420
15421 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15422 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15423 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15424
15425 return tp;
15426 }
15427
15428 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15429 omitted. */
15430
15431 static void
15432 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15433 {
15434 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15435 int num_printed;
15436
15437 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15438
15439 if (num_printed == 0)
15440 {
15441 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15442 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15443 else
15444 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15445 }
15446
15447 default_collect_info ();
15448 }
15449
15450 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15451 Not supported by all targets. */
15452 static void
15453 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15454 {
15455 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15456 }
15457
15458 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15459 Not supported by all targets. */
15460 static void
15461 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15462 {
15463 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15464 }
15465
15466 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15467 static void
15468 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15469 {
15470 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15471
15472 dont_repeat ();
15473
15474 if (arg == 0)
15475 {
15476 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15477
15478 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15479 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15480 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15481 argument. */
15482 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15483 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15484 {
15485 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15486 break;
15487 }
15488
15489 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15490 if (!from_tty
15491 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15492 {
15493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15494 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15495 delete_breakpoint (b);
15496 }
15497 }
15498 else
15499 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15500 }
15501
15502 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15503
15504 static void
15505 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15506 {
15507 tp->pass_count = count;
15508 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15509 if (from_tty)
15510 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15511 tp->base.number, count);
15512 }
15513
15514 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15515
15516 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15517 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15518 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15519
15520 static void
15521 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15522 {
15523 struct tracepoint *t1;
15524 unsigned int count;
15525
15526 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15527 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15528 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15529
15530 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15531
15532 args = skip_spaces (args);
15533 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15534 {
15535 struct breakpoint *b;
15536
15537 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15538 if (*args)
15539 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15540
15541 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15542 {
15543 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15544 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15545 }
15546 }
15547 else if (*args == '\0')
15548 {
15549 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15550 if (t1)
15551 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15552 }
15553 else
15554 {
15555 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15556
15557 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15558 while (!state.finished)
15559 {
15560 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15561 if (t1)
15562 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15563 }
15564 }
15565 }
15566
15567 struct tracepoint *
15568 get_tracepoint (int num)
15569 {
15570 struct breakpoint *t;
15571
15572 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15573 if (t->number == num)
15574 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15575
15576 return NULL;
15577 }
15578
15579 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15580 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15581 reconnecting). */
15582
15583 struct tracepoint *
15584 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15585 {
15586 struct breakpoint *b;
15587
15588 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15589 {
15590 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15591
15592 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15593 return t;
15594 }
15595
15596 return NULL;
15597 }
15598
15599 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15600 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15601 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15602 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15603
15604 struct tracepoint *
15605 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15606 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15607 {
15608 struct breakpoint *t;
15609 int tpnum;
15610 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15611
15612 if (state)
15613 {
15614 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15615 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15616 }
15617 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15618 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15619 else
15620 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15621
15622 if (tpnum <= 0)
15623 {
15624 if (instring && *instring)
15625 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15626 instring);
15627 else
15628 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15629 return NULL;
15630 }
15631
15632 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15633 if (t->number == tpnum)
15634 {
15635 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15636 }
15637
15638 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15639 return NULL;
15640 }
15641
15642 void
15643 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15644 {
15645 if (b->thread != -1)
15646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15647
15648 if (b->task != 0)
15649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15650
15651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15652 }
15653
15654 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15655 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15656 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15657 non-zero. */
15658
15659 static void
15660 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15661 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15662 {
15663 struct breakpoint *tp;
15664 int any = 0;
15665 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15666 struct ui_file *fp;
15667 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15668
15669 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15670 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15671
15672 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15674 {
15675 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15676 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15677 continue;
15678
15679 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15680 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15681 continue;
15682
15683 any = 1;
15684
15685 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15686 {
15687 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15688
15689 /* We can stop searching. */
15690 break;
15691 }
15692 }
15693
15694 if (!any)
15695 {
15696 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15697 return;
15698 }
15699
15700 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15701 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15702 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15703 if (!fp)
15704 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15705 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15706 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15707
15708 if (extra_trace_bits)
15709 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15710
15711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15712 {
15713 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15714 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15715 continue;
15716
15717 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15718 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15719 continue;
15720
15721 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15722
15723 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15724 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15725 instead. */
15726
15727 if (tp->cond_string)
15728 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15729
15730 if (tp->ignore_count)
15731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15732
15733 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15734 {
15735 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15736
15737 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15738 TRY
15739 {
15740 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15741 }
15742 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15743 {
15744 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15745 throw_exception (ex);
15746 }
15747 END_CATCH
15748
15749 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15751 }
15752
15753 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15755
15756 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15757 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15758 special, and not user visible. */
15759 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15760 {
15761 struct bp_location *loc;
15762 int n = 1;
15763
15764 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15765 if (!loc->enabled)
15766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15767 }
15768 }
15769
15770 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15772
15773 if (from_tty)
15774 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15775 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15776 }
15777
15778 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15779
15780 static void
15781 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15782 {
15783 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15784 }
15785
15786 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15787
15788 static void
15789 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15790 {
15791 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15792 }
15793
15794 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15795
15796 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15797 all_tracepoints (void)
15798 {
15799 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15800 struct breakpoint *tp;
15801
15802 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15803 {
15804 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15805 }
15806
15807 return tp_vec;
15808 }
15809
15810 \f
15811 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15812 locations used by several commands. */
15813
15814 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15815 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15816 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15817 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15818 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15819 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15820 \n\
15821 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15822 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15823 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15824 \n\
15825 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15826 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15827 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15828 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15829 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15830
15831 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15832 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15833 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15834 command. */
15835
15836 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15837 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15838 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15839 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15840 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15841 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15842 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15843 below.\n\
15844 \n\
15845 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15846 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15847 \n\
15848 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15849 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15850 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15851 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15852 conditions are different.\n\
15853 \n\
15854 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15855
15856 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15857 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15858
15859 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15860 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15861
15862 void
15863 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15864 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15865 completer_ftype *completer,
15866 void *user_data_catch,
15867 void *user_data_tcatch)
15868 {
15869 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15870
15871 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15872 &catch_cmdlist);
15873 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15874 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15875 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15876
15877 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15878 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15879 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15880 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15881 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15882 }
15883
15884 static void
15885 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15886 {
15887 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15888 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15889 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15890 }
15891
15892 struct breakpoint *
15893 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15894 void *data)
15895 {
15896 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15897
15898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15899 {
15900 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15901 return b;
15902 }
15903
15904 return NULL;
15905 }
15906
15907 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15908 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15909
15910 static int
15911 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15912 {
15913 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15914 non-inline function. */
15915 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15916 return 1;
15917
15918 return 0;
15919 }
15920
15921 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15922 have been inlined. */
15923
15924 int
15925 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15926 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15927 {
15928 struct breakpoint *b;
15929 struct bp_location *bl;
15930
15931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15932 {
15933 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15934 continue;
15935
15936 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15937 {
15938 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15939 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15940 return 1;
15941 }
15942 }
15943
15944 return 0;
15945 }
15946
15947 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15948
15949 void
15950 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15951 {
15952 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15953
15954 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15955 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15956 loc->symtab = NULL;
15957 }
15958
15959 void
15960 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15961 {
15962 static int initialized = 0;
15963
15964 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15965
15966 if (initialized)
15967 return;
15968 initialized = 1;
15969
15970 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15971 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15972 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15973 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15974 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15975 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15976 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15977 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15978 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15979 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15980 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15981 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15982
15983 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15984 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15985 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15986 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15987 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15988 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15989 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15990 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15991
15992 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15993 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15994 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15995 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15996 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15997 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15998 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15999 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16000 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16001 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16002
16003 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16004 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16005 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16006 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16007 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16008 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16009 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16010
16011 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16012 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16013 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16014 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16015 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16016 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16017 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16018
16019 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16020 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16021 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16022 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16023
16024 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16025 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16026 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16027 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16028 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16029 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16030 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
16031
16032 /* Watchpoints. */
16033 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16034 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16035 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16036 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16037 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16038 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16039 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16040 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16041 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16042 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16043 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16044 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16045 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16046 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16047
16048 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16049 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16050 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16051 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16052 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16053 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16054 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16055 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16056 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16057 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16058 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16059
16060 /* Tracepoints. */
16061 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16062 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16063 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16064 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16065 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16066 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16067 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16068 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
16069 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16070 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
16071
16072 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16073 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16074 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16075 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16076 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
16077
16078 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16079 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16080 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16081 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
16082 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16083 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
16084
16085 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16086 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16087 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16088 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16089 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16090 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16091 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16092 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16093 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16094 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16095
16096 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16097 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16098 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16099 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16100 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16101 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16102 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16103 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16104 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16105 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16106
16107 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16108 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16109 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16110 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16111 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16112 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16113 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16114 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16115 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16116 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16117 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16118
16119 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16120 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16121 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16122 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16123 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16124 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16125 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16126 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16127 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16128 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16129 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16130 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16131
16132 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16133 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16134 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16135 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16136 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16137 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16138 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16139 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16140 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16141 }
16142
16143 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16144
16145 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16146
16147 void
16148 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16149 {
16150 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16151
16152 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16153
16154 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16155 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16156 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16157
16158 breakpoint_objfile_key
16159 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16160
16161 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16162 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16163 before a breakpoint is set. */
16164 breakpoint_count = 0;
16165
16166 tracepoint_count = 0;
16167
16168 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16169 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16170 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16171
16172 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16173 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16174 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16175 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16176 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16177 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16178 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16179 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16180
16181 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16182 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16183 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16184 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16185 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16186
16187 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16188 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16189 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16190 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16191 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16192 \n"
16193 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16194 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16195
16196 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16197 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16198 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16199 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16200 \n"
16201 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16202 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16203
16204 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16205 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16206 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16207 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16208 \n"
16209 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16210 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16211
16212 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16213 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16214 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16215 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16216 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16217 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16218 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16219
16220 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16221
16222 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16223 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16224 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16225 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16226 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16227 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16228
16229 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16230 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16231 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16232 &enablebreaklist);
16233
16234 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16235 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16236 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16237 &enablebreaklist);
16238
16239 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16240 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16241 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16242 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16243 &enablebreaklist);
16244
16245 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16246 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16247 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16248 &enablelist);
16249
16250 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16251 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16252 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16253 &enablelist);
16254
16255 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16256 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16257 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16258 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16259 &enablelist);
16260
16261 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16262 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16263 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16264 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16265 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16266 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16267 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16268 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16269
16270 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16271 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16272 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16273 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16274 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16275 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16276 &disablelist);
16277
16278 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16279 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16280 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16281 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16282 \n\
16283 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16284 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16285 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16286 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16287 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16288
16289 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16290 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16291 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16292 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16293 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16294 &deletelist);
16295
16296 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16297 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16298 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16299 \n\
16300 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16301 is executing in.\n"
16302 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16303 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16304 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16305
16306 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16307 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16308 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16309 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16310
16311 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16312 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16313 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16314 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16315
16316 if (dbx_commands)
16317 {
16318 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16319 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16320 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16321 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16322 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16323 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16324 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16325 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16326 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16327 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16328 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16329 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16330 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16331 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16332 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16333 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16334 \n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16336 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16337 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16338 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16339 breakpoint set."));
16340 }
16341
16342 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16343 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16344 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16345 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16346 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16347 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16348 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16349 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16350 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16351 \n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16353 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16354 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16355 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16356 breakpoint set."));
16357
16358 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16359
16360 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16361 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16362 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16363 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16364 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16365 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16366 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16367 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16368 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16369 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16370 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16371 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16372 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16373 \n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16375 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16376 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16377 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16378 breakpoint set."),
16379 &maintenanceinfolist);
16380
16381 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16382 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16383 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16384 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16385
16386 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16387 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16388 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16389 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16390
16391 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16392 catch_fork_command_1,
16393 NULL,
16394 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16395 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16396 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16397 catch_fork_command_1,
16398 NULL,
16399 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16400 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16401 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16402 catch_exec_command_1,
16403 NULL,
16404 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16405 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16406 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16407 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16408 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16409 catch_load_command_1,
16410 NULL,
16411 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16412 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16413 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16414 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16415 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16416 catch_unload_command_1,
16417 NULL,
16418 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16419 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16420
16421 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16422 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16423 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16424 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16425 an expression changes.\n\
16426 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16427 the memory to which it refers."));
16428 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16429
16430 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16431 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16432 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16433 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16434 an expression is read.\n\
16435 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16436 the memory to which it refers."));
16437 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16438
16439 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16440 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16441 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16442 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16443 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16444 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16445 the memory to which it refers."));
16446 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16447
16448 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16449 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16450
16451 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16452 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16453 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16454 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16455 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16456 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16457 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16458 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16459 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16460 hardware.)"),
16461 NULL,
16462 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16463 &setlist, &showlist);
16464
16465 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16466
16467 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16468
16469 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16470 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16471 \n"
16472 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16473 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16474 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16475
16476 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16477 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16478 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16479 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16480
16481 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16482 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16483 \n"
16484 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16485 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16486 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16487
16488 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16489 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16490 \n\
16491 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16492 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16493 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16494 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16495 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16496 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16497 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16498 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16499 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16500 \n\
16501 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16502 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16503 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16504 conditions are different.\n\
16505 \n\
16506 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16507 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16508 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16509
16510 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16511 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16512 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16513 last tracepoint set."));
16514
16515 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16516
16517 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16518 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16519 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16520 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16521 &deletelist);
16522 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16523
16524 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16525 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16526 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16527 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16528 &disablelist);
16529 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16530
16531 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16532 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16533 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16534 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16535 &enablelist);
16536 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16537
16538 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16539 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16540 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16541 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16542 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16543
16544 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16545 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16546 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16547 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16548
16549 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16550 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16551 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16552 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16553 session to restore them."),
16554 &save_cmdlist);
16555 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16556
16557 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16558 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16559 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16560 &save_cmdlist);
16561 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16562
16563 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16564 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16565
16566 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16567 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16568 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16569 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16570 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16571 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16572 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16573 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16574 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16575 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16576 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16577 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16578
16579 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16580 &pending_break_support, _("\
16581 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16582 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16583 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16584 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16585 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16586 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16587 NULL,
16588 show_pending_break_support,
16589 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16590 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16591
16592 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16593
16594 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16595 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16596 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16597 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16598 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16599 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16600 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16601 NULL,
16602 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16603 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16604 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16605
16606 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16607 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16608 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16609 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16610 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16611 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16612 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16613 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16614 when execution stops."),
16615 NULL,
16616 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16617 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16618 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16619
16620 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16621 condition_evaluation_enums,
16622 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16623 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16624 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16625 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16626 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16627 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16628 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16629 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16630 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16631 be set to \"gdb\""),
16632 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16633 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16634 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16635 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16636
16637 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16638 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16639 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16640 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16641 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16642 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16643 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16644 or the start of the range\n\
16645 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16646 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16647 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16648 \n\
16649 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16650 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16651 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16652
16653 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16654 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16655 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16656 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16657 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16658 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16659
16660 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16661 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16662 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16663 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16664 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16665 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16666 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16667 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16668 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16669 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16670 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16671 &setlist, &showlist);
16672
16673 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16674 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16675 &dprintf_function, _("\
16676 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16677 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16678 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16679 &setlist, &showlist);
16680
16681 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16682 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16683 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16684 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16685 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16686 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16687 &setlist, &showlist);
16688
16689 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16690 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16691 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16692 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16693 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16694 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16695 NULL,
16696 NULL,
16697 &setlist, &showlist);
16698
16699 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16700 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16701 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16702
16703 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16704
16705 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16706 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16707 }